STOCK TITAN

[6-K] Barclays PLC Current Report (Foreign Issuer)

Filing Impact
(Low)
Filing Sentiment
(Neutral)
Form Type
6-K
Rhea-AI Filing Summary

H1-25 results: Barclays reported income of £14.9bn (+12% YoY) and profit before tax of £5.2bn (+23%). Attributable profit rose 26% to £3.5bn, lifting EPS to 24.7p (18.6p). RoTE reached 13.2% versus 11.1%, while the cost-income ratio improved to 58% from 62%. Loan-loss rate edged up to 52 bps but stayed within the 50-60 bps target range.

Q2-25 snapshot: income £7.2bn (+14%), PBT £2.5bn (+28%), RoTE 12.3%; every division delivered double-digit returns.

Capital & liquidity: CET1 strengthened to 14.0% (13.6% Dec-24); TNAV per share increased to 384p; liquidity coverage ratio stood at 177.7% and UK leverage at 5.0%.

Shareholder returns: Board declared a 3.0p interim dividend and launched a new £1bn buyback, bringing H1 distributions to £1.4bn (+21% YoY).

Execution of three-year plan: £17bn of targeted £30bn UK RWA growth achieved, two-thirds of £2bn gross cost saves realised; FY25 guidance (RoTE c.11%, cost-income c.61%, CET1 13-14%) unchanged.

Other events: German consumer finance sale added ~10 bps to CET1; FCA AML settlements total £48m; Tesco Bank acquisition continues to support revenue and cost base.

Risultati H1-25: Barclays ha riportato un reddito di £14,9 miliardi (+12% su base annua) e un utile ante imposte di £5,2 miliardi (+23%). L'utile attribuibile è cresciuto del 26% a £3,5 miliardi, portando l'EPS a 24,7p (rispetto a 18,6p). Il RoTE ha raggiunto il 13,2% contro l'11,1%, mentre il rapporto costi/ricavi è migliorato al 58% dal 62%. Il tasso di perdite sui prestiti è salito a 52 bps ma è rimasto all'interno dell'intervallo obiettivo di 50-60 bps.

Riepilogo Q2-25: reddito £7,2 miliardi (+14%), utile ante imposte £2,5 miliardi (+28%), RoTE 12,3%; ogni divisione ha registrato ritorni a doppia cifra.

Capitale e liquidità: CET1 rafforzato al 14,0% (13,6% a dicembre 2024); TNAV per azione aumentato a 384p; il liquidity coverage ratio si è attestato al 177,7% e la leva finanziaria UK al 5,0%.

Rendimenti per gli azionisti: Il Consiglio ha dichiarato un dividendo intermedio di 3,0p e ha avviato un nuovo buyback da £1 miliardo, portando le distribuzioni del primo semestre a £1,4 miliardi (+21% su base annua).

Esecuzione del piano triennale: raggiunti £17 miliardi dei £30 miliardi target di crescita RWA UK, realizzati due terzi dei risparmi lordi sui costi di £2 miliardi; le previsioni per il FY25 (RoTE circa 11%, rapporto costi/ricavi circa 61%, CET1 13-14%) rimangono invariate.

Altri eventi: la vendita del finanziamento al consumo tedesco ha aggiunto circa 10 bps al CET1; le sanzioni FCA AML ammontano a £48 milioni; l'acquisizione di Tesco Bank continua a sostenere ricavi e base costi.

Resultados H1-25: Barclays reportó ingresos de £14.9 mil millones (+12% interanual) y beneficio antes de impuestos de £5.2 mil millones (+23%). El beneficio atribuible aumentó un 26% hasta £3.5 mil millones, elevando el BPA a 24.7p (18.6p). El RoTE alcanzó el 13.2% frente al 11.1%, mientras que la ratio coste-ingreso mejoró al 58% desde el 62%. La tasa de pérdidas por préstamos subió a 52 pbs pero se mantuvo dentro del rango objetivo de 50-60 pbs.

Resumen Q2-25: ingresos £7.2 mil millones (+14%), beneficio antes de impuestos £2.5 mil millones (+28%), RoTE 12.3%; todas las divisiones entregaron retornos de dos dígitos.

Capital y liquidez: CET1 fortalecido al 14.0% (13.6% en dic-24); TNAV por acción aumentó a 384p; el ratio de cobertura de liquidez fue de 177.7% y el apalancamiento en Reino Unido al 5.0%.

Retornos para accionistas: La Junta declaró un dividendo interino de 3.0p y lanzó una recompra de acciones de £1 mil millones, llevando las distribuciones del primer semestre a £1.4 mil millones (+21% interanual).

Ejecución del plan a tres años: se lograron £17 mil millones de los £30 mil millones objetivo de crecimiento RWA en Reino Unido, se realizaron dos tercios de los ahorros brutos en costos de £2 mil millones; la guía para el FY25 (RoTE aprox. 11%, ratio coste-ingreso aprox. 61%, CET1 13-14%) permanece sin cambios.

Otros eventos: la venta de financiación al consumidor en Alemania añadió ~10 pbs al CET1; acuerdos FCA AML por £48 millones; la adquisición de Tesco Bank sigue apoyando ingresos y base de costos.

H1-25 실적: 바클레이즈는 149억 파운드의 수익(+12% 전년 대비)과 52억 파운드의 세전 이익(+23%)을 보고했습니다. 귀속 이익은 26% 증가한 35억 파운드로 EPS는 24.7펜스(18.6펜스)로 상승했습니다. RoTE는 11.1%에서 13.2%로 올랐으며, 비용 대비 수익 비율은 62%에서 58%로 개선되었습니다. 대출 손실률은 52bps로 소폭 상승했으나 목표 범위인 50-60bps 내에 머물렀습니다.

Q2-25 요약: 수익 72억 파운드(+14%), 세전 이익 25억 파운드(+28%), RoTE 12.3%; 모든 부문에서 두 자릿수 수익률 달성.

자본 및 유동성: CET1 비율은 14.0%(2024년 12월 13.6%)로 강화되었으며, 주당 TNAV는 384펜스로 증가했습니다. 유동성 커버리지 비율은 177.7%, 영국 레버리지는 5.0%였습니다.

주주 환원: 이사회는 3.0펜스의 중간 배당을 선언하고 10억 파운드 규모의 자사주 매입을 시작하여 상반기 배당금을 14억 파운드(+21% 전년 대비)로 늘렸습니다.

3개년 계획 실행: 목표인 300억 파운드 중 170억 파운드의 영국 RWA 성장 달성, 20억 파운드의 총 비용 절감 중 3분의 2 실현; FY25 가이던스(RoTE 약 11%, 비용 대비 수익 약 61%, CET1 13-14%)는 변함없음.

기타 이벤트: 독일 소비자 금융 매각으로 CET1에 약 10bps 기여; FCA AML 합의금 총 4800만 파운드; 테스코 은행 인수는 수익 및 비용 기반 지원 지속.

Résultats H1-25 : Barclays a déclaré un revenu de 14,9 milliards de livres (+12% en glissement annuel) et un bénéfice avant impôts de 5,2 milliards de livres (+23%). Le bénéfice attribuable a augmenté de 26% pour atteindre 3,5 milliards de livres, portant le BPA à 24,7p (18,6p). Le RoTE a atteint 13,2% contre 11,1%, tandis que le ratio coûts/revenus s'est amélioré à 58% contre 62%. Le taux de pertes sur prêts a légèrement augmenté à 52 points de base mais est resté dans la fourchette cible de 50-60 points de base.

Résumé T2-25 : revenus de 7,2 milliards de livres (+14%), BAI de 2,5 milliards de livres (+28%), RoTE de 12,3%; chaque division a généré des rendements à deux chiffres.

Capital et liquidité : CET1 renforcé à 14,0% (13,6% en déc. 24); TNAV par action augmenté à 384p; ratio de couverture de liquidité à 177,7% et levier UK à 5,0%.

Retour aux actionnaires : Le conseil d'administration a déclaré un dividende intérimaire de 3,0p et lancé un nouveau rachat d'actions de 1 milliard de livres, portant les distributions du premier semestre à 1,4 milliard de livres (+21% en glissement annuel).

Exécution du plan triennal : 17 milliards de livres de croissance RWA UK ciblée sur 30 milliards atteints, deux tiers des économies brutes de coûts de 2 milliards réalisées; les prévisions pour l'exercice 25 (RoTE env. 11%, ratio coûts/revenus env. 61%, CET1 13-14%) restent inchangées.

Autres événements : la vente du financement à la consommation allemand a ajouté environ 10 points de base au CET1; les règlements FCA AML totalisent 48 millions de livres; l'acquisition de Tesco Bank continue de soutenir les revenus et la base de coûts.

H1-25 Ergebnisse: Barclays meldete Einnahmen von £14,9 Mrd. (+12% im Jahresvergleich) und einen Gewinn vor Steuern von £5,2 Mrd. (+23%). Der auf Anteilseigner entfallende Gewinn stieg um 26% auf £3,5 Mrd., was das Ergebnis je Aktie auf 24,7p (18,6p) anhob. Die RoTE erreichte 13,2% gegenüber 11,1%, während die Cost-Income-Ratio sich von 62% auf 58% verbesserte. Die Kreditverlustquote stieg leicht auf 52 Basispunkte, blieb jedoch im Zielbereich von 50-60 Basispunkten.

Q2-25 Überblick: Einnahmen £7,2 Mrd. (+14%), Gewinn vor Steuern £2,5 Mrd. (+28%), RoTE 12,3%; alle Geschäftsbereiche erzielten zweistellige Renditen.

Kapital & Liquidität: CET1 stieg auf 14,0% (13,6% Dez-24); TNAV je Aktie stieg auf 384p; die Liquiditätsdeckungsquote lag bei 177,7% und die UK-Leverage bei 5,0%.

Aktionärsrenditen: Der Vorstand erklärte eine Zwischen Dividende von 3,0p und startete ein neues Aktienrückkaufprogramm im Umfang von £1 Mrd., womit die Ausschüttungen im ersten Halbjahr auf £1,4 Mrd. (+21% im Jahresvergleich) stiegen.

Umsetzung des Dreijahresplans: Von den angestrebten £30 Mrd. RWA-Wachstum in Großbritannien wurden £17 Mrd. erreicht, zwei Drittel der £2 Mrd. Bruttokosteneinsparungen realisiert; die FY25-Prognose (RoTE ca. 11%, Cost-Income ca. 61%, CET1 13-14%) bleibt unverändert.

Sonstige Ereignisse: Der Verkauf der deutschen Konsumfinanzierung steuerte ca. 10 Basispunkte zum CET1 bei; FCA AML-Vergleiche summieren sich auf £48 Mio.; die Übernahme der Tesco Bank unterstützt weiterhin Umsatz und Kostenbasis.

Positive
  • Income and PBT up 12-23% YoY, demonstrating strong operating momentum
  • RoTE improved to 13.2%, exceeding FY25 target of ~11% midway through year
  • CET1 ratio 14.0%, giving room for a £1bn share buyback and 3.0p dividend
  • Cost-income ratio fell to 58%; £350m savings achieved toward £500m FY goal
  • All business units recorded double-digit RoTE, indicating balanced franchise strength
Negative
  • Loan-loss rate rose to 52 bps vs 45 bps YoY, highlighting credit cost pressure
  • Regulatory settlements with FCA total £48m for AML deficiencies
  • Operating expenses up 5% YoY due to inflation, integration of Tesco Bank and staff grants
  • US Consumer Bank RoTE remains low at 7.3% with high 523 bps loss rate

Insights

TL;DR — Solid beat on income & capital, enhanced buyback supports equity story.

Top-line growth of 12% and CET1 at 14% deliver positive operating leverage, allowing a 21% larger capital return package. All major divisions generated double-digit RoTE, underlining business mix resilience. Cost control is on track with £350m saved, and guidance is reiterated, giving credibility to the 2024-26 strategic plan. Upside stems from continued markets strength and rising structural hedge income. Risks are higher impairments (LLR 52 bps) and regulatory fines, but these look manageable relative to earnings power. Net: results are equity-positive.

TL;DR — Capital buffer widened; credit costs rising but still contained.

CET1 ratio rose 40 bps QoQ to 14.0%, comfortably above the 13-14% target even after reserving for the new buyback. Liquidity metrics (LCR 178%, NSFR 136%) remain robust. Impairments increased to £1.1bn, mainly Tesco Bank consolidation and US macro overlays; yet coverage stays flat at 1.2% and arrears trends are stable. FCA AML settlements (£48m) are modest. Overall credit profile supportive; outlook neutral-to-positive barring a sharp macro downturn.

Risultati H1-25: Barclays ha riportato un reddito di £14,9 miliardi (+12% su base annua) e un utile ante imposte di £5,2 miliardi (+23%). L'utile attribuibile è cresciuto del 26% a £3,5 miliardi, portando l'EPS a 24,7p (rispetto a 18,6p). Il RoTE ha raggiunto il 13,2% contro l'11,1%, mentre il rapporto costi/ricavi è migliorato al 58% dal 62%. Il tasso di perdite sui prestiti è salito a 52 bps ma è rimasto all'interno dell'intervallo obiettivo di 50-60 bps.

Riepilogo Q2-25: reddito £7,2 miliardi (+14%), utile ante imposte £2,5 miliardi (+28%), RoTE 12,3%; ogni divisione ha registrato ritorni a doppia cifra.

Capitale e liquidità: CET1 rafforzato al 14,0% (13,6% a dicembre 2024); TNAV per azione aumentato a 384p; il liquidity coverage ratio si è attestato al 177,7% e la leva finanziaria UK al 5,0%.

Rendimenti per gli azionisti: Il Consiglio ha dichiarato un dividendo intermedio di 3,0p e ha avviato un nuovo buyback da £1 miliardo, portando le distribuzioni del primo semestre a £1,4 miliardi (+21% su base annua).

Esecuzione del piano triennale: raggiunti £17 miliardi dei £30 miliardi target di crescita RWA UK, realizzati due terzi dei risparmi lordi sui costi di £2 miliardi; le previsioni per il FY25 (RoTE circa 11%, rapporto costi/ricavi circa 61%, CET1 13-14%) rimangono invariate.

Altri eventi: la vendita del finanziamento al consumo tedesco ha aggiunto circa 10 bps al CET1; le sanzioni FCA AML ammontano a £48 milioni; l'acquisizione di Tesco Bank continua a sostenere ricavi e base costi.

Resultados H1-25: Barclays reportó ingresos de £14.9 mil millones (+12% interanual) y beneficio antes de impuestos de £5.2 mil millones (+23%). El beneficio atribuible aumentó un 26% hasta £3.5 mil millones, elevando el BPA a 24.7p (18.6p). El RoTE alcanzó el 13.2% frente al 11.1%, mientras que la ratio coste-ingreso mejoró al 58% desde el 62%. La tasa de pérdidas por préstamos subió a 52 pbs pero se mantuvo dentro del rango objetivo de 50-60 pbs.

Resumen Q2-25: ingresos £7.2 mil millones (+14%), beneficio antes de impuestos £2.5 mil millones (+28%), RoTE 12.3%; todas las divisiones entregaron retornos de dos dígitos.

Capital y liquidez: CET1 fortalecido al 14.0% (13.6% en dic-24); TNAV por acción aumentó a 384p; el ratio de cobertura de liquidez fue de 177.7% y el apalancamiento en Reino Unido al 5.0%.

Retornos para accionistas: La Junta declaró un dividendo interino de 3.0p y lanzó una recompra de acciones de £1 mil millones, llevando las distribuciones del primer semestre a £1.4 mil millones (+21% interanual).

Ejecución del plan a tres años: se lograron £17 mil millones de los £30 mil millones objetivo de crecimiento RWA en Reino Unido, se realizaron dos tercios de los ahorros brutos en costos de £2 mil millones; la guía para el FY25 (RoTE aprox. 11%, ratio coste-ingreso aprox. 61%, CET1 13-14%) permanece sin cambios.

Otros eventos: la venta de financiación al consumidor en Alemania añadió ~10 pbs al CET1; acuerdos FCA AML por £48 millones; la adquisición de Tesco Bank sigue apoyando ingresos y base de costos.

H1-25 실적: 바클레이즈는 149억 파운드의 수익(+12% 전년 대비)과 52억 파운드의 세전 이익(+23%)을 보고했습니다. 귀속 이익은 26% 증가한 35억 파운드로 EPS는 24.7펜스(18.6펜스)로 상승했습니다. RoTE는 11.1%에서 13.2%로 올랐으며, 비용 대비 수익 비율은 62%에서 58%로 개선되었습니다. 대출 손실률은 52bps로 소폭 상승했으나 목표 범위인 50-60bps 내에 머물렀습니다.

Q2-25 요약: 수익 72억 파운드(+14%), 세전 이익 25억 파운드(+28%), RoTE 12.3%; 모든 부문에서 두 자릿수 수익률 달성.

자본 및 유동성: CET1 비율은 14.0%(2024년 12월 13.6%)로 강화되었으며, 주당 TNAV는 384펜스로 증가했습니다. 유동성 커버리지 비율은 177.7%, 영국 레버리지는 5.0%였습니다.

주주 환원: 이사회는 3.0펜스의 중간 배당을 선언하고 10억 파운드 규모의 자사주 매입을 시작하여 상반기 배당금을 14억 파운드(+21% 전년 대비)로 늘렸습니다.

3개년 계획 실행: 목표인 300억 파운드 중 170억 파운드의 영국 RWA 성장 달성, 20억 파운드의 총 비용 절감 중 3분의 2 실현; FY25 가이던스(RoTE 약 11%, 비용 대비 수익 약 61%, CET1 13-14%)는 변함없음.

기타 이벤트: 독일 소비자 금융 매각으로 CET1에 약 10bps 기여; FCA AML 합의금 총 4800만 파운드; 테스코 은행 인수는 수익 및 비용 기반 지원 지속.

Résultats H1-25 : Barclays a déclaré un revenu de 14,9 milliards de livres (+12% en glissement annuel) et un bénéfice avant impôts de 5,2 milliards de livres (+23%). Le bénéfice attribuable a augmenté de 26% pour atteindre 3,5 milliards de livres, portant le BPA à 24,7p (18,6p). Le RoTE a atteint 13,2% contre 11,1%, tandis que le ratio coûts/revenus s'est amélioré à 58% contre 62%. Le taux de pertes sur prêts a légèrement augmenté à 52 points de base mais est resté dans la fourchette cible de 50-60 points de base.

Résumé T2-25 : revenus de 7,2 milliards de livres (+14%), BAI de 2,5 milliards de livres (+28%), RoTE de 12,3%; chaque division a généré des rendements à deux chiffres.

Capital et liquidité : CET1 renforcé à 14,0% (13,6% en déc. 24); TNAV par action augmenté à 384p; ratio de couverture de liquidité à 177,7% et levier UK à 5,0%.

Retour aux actionnaires : Le conseil d'administration a déclaré un dividende intérimaire de 3,0p et lancé un nouveau rachat d'actions de 1 milliard de livres, portant les distributions du premier semestre à 1,4 milliard de livres (+21% en glissement annuel).

Exécution du plan triennal : 17 milliards de livres de croissance RWA UK ciblée sur 30 milliards atteints, deux tiers des économies brutes de coûts de 2 milliards réalisées; les prévisions pour l'exercice 25 (RoTE env. 11%, ratio coûts/revenus env. 61%, CET1 13-14%) restent inchangées.

Autres événements : la vente du financement à la consommation allemand a ajouté environ 10 points de base au CET1; les règlements FCA AML totalisent 48 millions de livres; l'acquisition de Tesco Bank continue de soutenir les revenus et la base de coûts.

H1-25 Ergebnisse: Barclays meldete Einnahmen von £14,9 Mrd. (+12% im Jahresvergleich) und einen Gewinn vor Steuern von £5,2 Mrd. (+23%). Der auf Anteilseigner entfallende Gewinn stieg um 26% auf £3,5 Mrd., was das Ergebnis je Aktie auf 24,7p (18,6p) anhob. Die RoTE erreichte 13,2% gegenüber 11,1%, während die Cost-Income-Ratio sich von 62% auf 58% verbesserte. Die Kreditverlustquote stieg leicht auf 52 Basispunkte, blieb jedoch im Zielbereich von 50-60 Basispunkten.

Q2-25 Überblick: Einnahmen £7,2 Mrd. (+14%), Gewinn vor Steuern £2,5 Mrd. (+28%), RoTE 12,3%; alle Geschäftsbereiche erzielten zweistellige Renditen.

Kapital & Liquidität: CET1 stieg auf 14,0% (13,6% Dez-24); TNAV je Aktie stieg auf 384p; die Liquiditätsdeckungsquote lag bei 177,7% und die UK-Leverage bei 5,0%.

Aktionärsrenditen: Der Vorstand erklärte eine Zwischen Dividende von 3,0p und startete ein neues Aktienrückkaufprogramm im Umfang von £1 Mrd., womit die Ausschüttungen im ersten Halbjahr auf £1,4 Mrd. (+21% im Jahresvergleich) stiegen.

Umsetzung des Dreijahresplans: Von den angestrebten £30 Mrd. RWA-Wachstum in Großbritannien wurden £17 Mrd. erreicht, zwei Drittel der £2 Mrd. Bruttokosteneinsparungen realisiert; die FY25-Prognose (RoTE ca. 11%, Cost-Income ca. 61%, CET1 13-14%) bleibt unverändert.

Sonstige Ereignisse: Der Verkauf der deutschen Konsumfinanzierung steuerte ca. 10 Basispunkte zum CET1 bei; FCA AML-Vergleiche summieren sich auf £48 Mio.; die Übernahme der Tesco Bank unterstützt weiterhin Umsatz und Kostenbasis.

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
 
 
FORM 6-K
 
 
REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-16 OR 15D-16
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
July 29, 2025
 
Barclays PLC
(Name of Registrant)
 
1 Churchill Place
London E14 5HP
England
(Address of Principal Executive Office)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports
under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.
 
Form 20-F x Form 40-F
 
This Report on Form 6-K is filed by Barclays PLC.
 
This Report comprises:
 
Information given to The London Stock Exchange and furnished pursuant to
General Instruction B to the General Instructions to Form 6-K.

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
BARCLAYS PLC
 
(Registrant)
 
 
 
Date: July 29, 2025
 
 
 
By: /s/ Garth Wright
--------------------------------
 
Garth Wright
 
Assistant Secretary
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays PLC
 
Interim Results Announcement
 
30 June 2025
 
Table of Contents
Results Announcement
 
Page
 
 
 
Notes
 
  
 
 
 
Performance Highlights
 
2
 
 
 
Group Finance Director’s Review
 
5
 
 
 
Results by Business
 
 
 
 
Barclays UK
 
7
 
 
 
Barclays UK Corporate
 
10
 
 
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
11
 
 
 
Barclays Investment Bank
 
12
 
 
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
14
 
 
 
Head Office
 
16
 
 
 
Quarterly Results Summary
 
17
 
 
 
Quarterly Results by Business
 
18
 
 
 
Performance Management
 
 
 
 
Margins and Balances
 
25
 
 
 
Risk Management
 
 
 
 
Risk Management and Principal Risks
 
27
 
 
 
Credit Risk
 
28
 
 
 
Market Risk
 
49
 
 
 
Treasury and Capital Risk
 
50
 
 
 
Statement of Directors' Responsibilities
 
60
 
 
 
Independent Review Report to Barclays PLC
 
61
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
63
 
 
 
Financial Statement Notes
 
69
 
 
 
Appendix: Non-IFRS Performance Measures
 
90
 
 
 
Shareholder Information
 
981
 
 
Notes
 
The terms Barclays and Group refer to Barclays PLC together with its subsidiaries. Unless otherwise stated, the income statement analysis compares the six months ended 30 June 2025 to the corresponding six months of 2024 and balance sheet analysis as at 30 June 2025 with comparatives relating to 31 December 2024 and 30 June 2024. The abbreviations ‘£m’ and ‘£bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of Pounds Sterling respectively; the abbreviations ‘$m’ and ‘$bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of US Dollars respectively; and the abbreviations ‘€m’ and ‘€bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of Euros respectively.
 
There are a number of key judgement areas, for example impairment calculations, which are based on models and which are subject to ongoing adjustment and modifications. Reported numbers reflect best estimates and judgements at the given point in time.
 
Relevant terms that are used in this document but are not defined under applicable regulatory guidance or International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) are explained in the results glossary, which can be accessed at home.barclays/investor-relations.
 
The information in this announcement, which was approved by the Board of Directors on 28 July 2025, does not comprise statutory accounts within the meaning of Section 434 of the Companies Act 2006. Statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2024, which contain an unmodified audit report under Section 495 of the Companies Act 2006 (which does not make any statements under Section 498 of the Companies Act 2006) have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies in accordance with Section 441 of the Companies Act 2006.
 
These results will be furnished on Form 6-K to the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as soon as practicable following publication of this document. Once furnished to the SEC, a copy of the Form 6-K will be available from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
 
Barclays is a frequent issuer in the debt capital markets and regularly meets with investors via formal roadshows and other ad hoc meetings. Consistent with its usual practice, Barclays expects that from time to time over the coming quarter it will meet with investors globally to discuss these results and other matters relating to the Group.
 
Non-IFRS performance measures
Barclays’ management believes that the non-IFRS performance measures included in this document provide valuable information to the readers of the financial statements as they enable the reader to identify a more consistent basis for comparing the businesses’ performance between financial periods and provide more detail concerning the elements of performance which the managers of these businesses are most directly able to influence or are relevant for an assessment of the Group. They also reflect an important aspect of the way in which operating targets are defined and performance is monitored by Barclays’ management. However, any non-IFRS performance measures in this document are not a substitute for IFRS measures and readers should consider the IFRS measures as well. Refer to the appendix on pages 89 to 96 for definitions and calculations of non-IFRS performance measures included throughout this document, and reconciliations to the most directly comparable IFRS measures
 
Forward-looking statements
This document contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 27A of the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the Group. Barclays cautions readers that no forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance and that actual results or other financial condition or performance measures could differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements sometimes use words such as ‘may’, ‘will’, ‘seek’, ‘continue’, ‘aim’, ‘anticipate’, ‘target’, ‘projected’, ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘intend’, ‘plan’, ‘goal’, ‘believe’, ‘achieve’ or other words of similar meaning. Forward-looking statements can be made in writing but also may be made verbally by directors, officers and employees of the Group (including during management presentations) in connection with this document. Examples of forward-looking statements include, among others, statements or guidance regarding or relating to the Group’s future financial position, business strategy, income levels, costs, assets and liabilities, impairment charges, provisions, capital leverage and other regulatory ratios, capital distributions (including policy on dividends and share buybacks), return on tangible equity, projected levels of growth in banking and financial markets, industry trends, any commitments and targets (including environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) commitments and targets), plans and objectives for future operations, International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and other statements that are not historical or current facts. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to future events and circumstances. Forward-looking statements speak only as at the date on which they are made. Forward-looking statements may be affected by a number of factors, including, without limitation: changes in legislation, regulations, governmental and regulatory policies, expectations and actions, voluntary codes of practices and the interpretation thereof, changes in IFRS and other accounting standards, including practices with regard to the interpretation and application thereof and emerging and developing sustainability reporting standards (including emissions accounting methodologies); changes in tax laws and practice; the outcome of current and future legal proceedings and regulatory investigations; the Group’s ability along with governments and other stakeholders to measure, manage and mitigate the impacts of climate change effectively or navigate inconsistencies and conflicts in the manner in which climate policy is implemented in the regions where the Group operates, including as a result of the adoption of anti-ESG rules and regulations, or other forms of governmental and regulatory action against ESG policies; environmental, social and geopolitical risks and incidents and similar events beyond the Group’s control; financial crime; the impact of competition in the banking and financial services industry; capital, liquidity, leverage and other regulatory rules and requirements applicable to past, current and future periods; UK, US, Eurozone and global macroeconomic and business conditions, including inflation; volatility in credit and capital markets; market related risks such as changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates; reforms to benchmark interest rates and indices; higher or lower asset valuations; changes in credit ratings of any entity within the Group or any securities issued by it; changes in counterparty risk; changes in consumer behaviour; changes in trade policy, including the imposition of tariffs or other protectionist measures; the direct and indirect consequences of the conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East on European and global macroeconomic conditions, political stability and financial markets; changes in US legislation and policy following the US elections in 2024; developments in the UK’s relationship with the European Union; the risk of cyberattacks, information or security breaches, technology failures or operational disruptions and any subsequent impact on the Group’s reputation, business or operations; the Group’s ability to access funding; and the success of acquisitions (including the acquisition of Tesco Bank completed in November 2024), disposals, joint ventures and other strategic transactions. A number of these factors are beyond the Group’s control. As a result, the Group’s actual financial position, results, financial and non-financial metrics or performance measures or its ability to meet commitments and targets may differ materially from the statements or guidance set forth in the Group’s forward-looking statements. In setting its targets and outlook for the period 2024-2026, Barclays has made certain assumptions about the macroeconomic environment, including, without limitation, inflation, interest and unemployment rates, the different markets and competitive conditions in which Barclays operates, and its ability to grow certain businesses and achieve costs savings and other structural actions. Additional risks and factors which may impact the Group’s future financial condition and performance are identified in Barclays PLC’s filings with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) (including, without limitation, Barclays PLC’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the financial year ended 31 December 2024), which are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
 
Subject to Barclays PLC's obligations under the applicable laws and regulations of any relevant jurisdiction (including, without limitation, the UK and the US) in relation to disclosure and ongoing information, we undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
 
Performance Highlights
 
Barclays delivered a return on tangible equity (RoTE) of 13.2% in H125, and announced £1.4bn total capital distributions to shareholders in respect of the first half of 2025
 
C. S. Venkatakrishnan, Group Chief Executive, commented
 
“We remain on track to achieve the objectives of our three-year plan, delivering structurally higher and more stable returns for our investors. At the mid-point of the plan, with six quarters of consistent execution, we have achieved over half of the c.£30bn planned UK risk weighted assets (RWAs) growth, half of the target income growth and realised two-thirds of the £2bn planned gross cost efficiency savings. In Q225 we delivered RoTE of 12.3%; year-on-year income grew by 14% and profit before tax by 28%. Earnings per share (EPS) grew by 41% reflecting profit growth and the impact of share buybacks, with tangible net asset value (TNAV) per share growth of 13%. Given strong organic capital generation and common equity tier 1 (CET1) ratio of 14.0%, today we announced a further £1bn share buyback and a half year dividend of 3.0p per share, equating to £1.4bn of total capital distributions in respect of the first half of 2025, a 21% increase year-on-year."
 
H125 Group statutory RoTE of 13.2%, with EPS improving to 24.7p (H124: 18.6p)
 
-
Q225 Group statutory RoTE of 12.3%
 
Completed the £1bn share buyback announced with FY24 Results. Announced intention to initiate a share buyback of up to £1bn (H124: £750m) and a dividend of 3.0p per share for H125 (H124: 2.9p), on track to deliver progressive increase in total capital returns versus 2024
 
 
Achieved £17bn1 of the c.£30bn planned UK RWA growth, of which £10bn was organic growth
 
H125 Group loan loss rate (LLR) of 52bps (H124: 45bps), within the through the cycle range of 50-60bps
 
H125 Group cost: income ratio improved to 58% (H124: 62%) driven by positive operating leverage (FY25 guidance of c.61%)
 
-
Delivered c.£350m of gross cost efficiency savings in H125 (FY25 guidance of c.£500m)
 
Strong balance sheet with CET1 ratio of 14.0%
 
-
Taking into account the impact of the £1bn share buyback announced today, the CET1 ratio as of 30 June 2025 would be reduced by c.30bps to 13.7%, in line with the 13-14% target range
 
TNAV per share of 384p (December 2024: 357p)
 
 
Key financial metrics:
 
 
Income
Profit before tax
Attributable profit
Cost: income ratio
LLR
RoTE
EPS
TNAV per share
CET1 ratio
Total capital return
Q225
£7.2bn
£2.5bn
£1.7bn
59%
44bps
12.3%
11.7p
384p
14.0%
£1.4bn
H125
£14.9bn
£5.2bn
£3.5bn
58%
52bps
13.2%
24.7p
 
Q225 Performance highlights:
 
Group RoTE was 12.3% (Q224: 9.9%) with profit before tax of £2.5bn (Q224: £1.9bn). All divisions delivered double-digit RoTE in Q225
 
Group income of £7.2bn was up 14% year-on-year2, with Group net interest income (NII) excluding Barclays Investment Bank and Head Office of £3.1bn, up 12% year-on-year
 
-
Barclays UK income increased 12%, driven by higher structural hedge income and the Tesco Bank acquisition

-
Barclays UK Corporate Bank (UKCB) income increased 17%, reflecting higher average deposit and lending balances, and higher structural hedge income
 
-
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management (PBWM) income increased 9%, reflecting higher client balances and transactional activity
 
-
Barclays Investment Bank (IB) income increased 10%, driven by Global Markets, partially offset by Investment Banking
 
-
Barclays US Consumer Bank (USCB) income was stable, reflecting card balance growth offset by the strengthening of GBP against USD. On a USD basis income was up 7%
 
Group total operating expenses were £4.2bn, up 5% year-on-year, with a cost: income ratio of 59% (Q224: 63%)
 
-
Group operating costs increased 4% to £4.1bn, reflecting Tesco Bank costs, further investment spend and business growth, inflation, partially offset by c.£200m of cost efficiency savings
 
Credit impairment charges were £0.5bn (Q224: £0.4bn) with an LLR of 44bps (Q224: 38bps), including the impact of Tesco Bank
 
 
    1
Represents RWAs from business growth across Barclays UK, Private Bank and Wealth Management, and UK Corporate Bank, excludes the effects of securitisations, model updates and other methodological changes. Also excludes additional Operational Risk RWAs related to organic growth.
    2
Q224 included a £220m loss on sale of the performing Italian retail mortgage portfolio and a £20m loss on disposal from the German consumer finance business.
 
 
H125 Performance highlights:
 
Group RoTE was 13.2% (H124: 11.1%) with profit before tax of £5.2bn (H124: £4.2bn)
 
Group income of £14.9bn was up 12% year-on-year1 with Group NII excluding Barclays Investment Bank and Head Office of £6.1bn, up 13% year-on-year
 
Group total operating expenses were £8.6bn, up 5% year-on-year
 
-
Group operating costs increased 5% to £8.4bn, reflecting Tesco Bank costs, further investment spend and business growth, inflation and the c.£50m expense for the employee share grant announced at FY24 Results, partially offset by c.£350m of cost efficiency savings
 
Credit impairment charges were £1.1bn (H124: £0.9bn) with an LLR of 52bps (H124: 45bps) including the impact of Tesco Bank
 
 
CET1 ratio of 14.0% (December 2024: 13.6%), with RWAs of £353.0bn (December 2024: £358.1bn) and TNAV per share of 384p (December 2024: 357p)
 
Group financial guidance and targets2:
 
 2025 guidance
Returns: RoTE of c.11%
 
Capital returns: progressive increase in total capital returns versus 2024
 
Income: Group NII excluding IB and Head Office of greater than £12.5bn, of which Barclays UK NII of greater than £7.6bn
 
Costs: Group cost: income ratio of c.61%. This includes total gross efficiency savings of c.£500m in 2025
 
Impairment: LLR of 50-60bps through the cycle
 
Capital: CET1 ratio target range of 13-14%
 
    2026 targets
Returns: RoTE of greater than 12%
 
Capital returns: plan to return at least £10bn of capital to shareholders between 2024 and 2026, through dividends and share buybacks, with a continued preference for buybacks
 
-
Plan to keep total dividend stable at 2023 level in absolute terms, with progressive dividend per share growth driven through share count reduction as a result of increased share buybacks
 
-
Dividends will continue to be paid semi-annually
 
-
This multi-year plan is subject to supervisory and Board approval, anticipated financial performance and our published CET1 ratio target range of 13-14%
 
Income: Group total income of c.£30bn
 
Costs: Group cost: income ratio of high 50s in percentage terms, implying Group total operating expenses of c.£17bn, based on targeted Group total income of c.£30bn. Cost target includes total gross efficiency savings of c.£2bn by 2026
 
 
Impairment: expect an LLR of 50-60bps through the cycle
 
 
Capital: CET1 ratio target range of 13-14%
 
 
-
Targeting IB RWAs of c.50% of Group RWAs in 2026
 
-
Impact of regulatory change on RWAs in line with our prior guidance of c.£19-26bn
 
-
c.£3-10bn RWAs from Basel 3.1, with implementation expected from 1 January 2027
 
-
c.£16bn RWAs from USCB moving to an Internal Ratings Based (IRB) model, subject to model build and portfolio changes, implementation could be beyond 2026
 
-
0.1% increase in Pillar 2A from Q125 until model implementation
 
 
   1
H124 included a £220m loss on sale of the performing Italian retail mortgage portfolio and a £20m loss on disposal from the German consumer finance business.
   2
Our targets and guidance are based on management's current expectations as to the macroeconomic environment and the business and may be subject to change.
 
Barclays Group results
 
Half year ended
 
 
Three months ended
 
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
% Change
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
% Change
 
Barclays UK
4,193
3,713
13
 
2,119
1,887
12
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
1,003
877
14
 
519
443
17
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
697
632
10
 
348
320
9
Barclays Investment Bank
7,180
6,347
13
 
3,307
3,019
10
Barclays US Consumer Bank
1,687
1,678
1
 
823
819
Head Office
136
30
 
 
71
(164)
 
Total income
14,896
13,277
12
 
7,187
6,324
14
Operating costs
(8,407)
(7,997)
(5)
 
(4,149)
(3,999)
(4)
UK regulatory levies
(96)
(120)
20
 
Litigation and conduct
(87)
(64)
(36)
 
(76)
(7)
 
Total operating expenses
(8,590)
(8,181)
(5)
 
(4,225)
(4,006)
(5)
Other net income/(expenses)
9
16
(44)
 
(9)
4
 
Profit before impairment
6,315
5,112
24
 
2,953
2,322
27
Credit impairment charges
(1,112)
(897)
(24)
 
(469)
(384)
(22)
Profit before tax
5,203
4,215
23
 
2,484
1,938
28
Tax charge
(1,173)
(892)
(32)
 
(552)
(427)
(29)
Profit after tax
4,030
3,323
21
 
1,932
1,511
28
Non-controlling interests
(23)
(26)
12
 
(21)
(23)
9
Other equity instrument holders
(484)
(510)
5
 
(252)
(251)
Attributable profit
3,523
2,787
26
 
1,659
1,237
34
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance measures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity
13.2%
11.1%
 
 
12.3%
9.9%
 
Average tangible shareholders' equity (£bn)
53.5
50.1
 
 
53.9
49.8
 
Cost: income ratio
58%
62%
 
 
59%
63%
 
Loan loss rate (bps)
52
45
 
 
44
38
 
Basic earnings per ordinary share
24.7p
18.6p
 
 
11.7p
8.3p
 
Dividend per share
3.0p
2.9p
3
 
 
 
 
Share buybacks announced (£m)
1,000
750
33
 
 
 
 
Total payout equivalent per share
c.10.1p
c.8.0p
26
 
 
 
 
Basic weighted average number of shares (m)
14,262
14,972
(5)
 
14,211
14,915
(5)
Period end number of shares (m)
14,180
14,826
(4)
 
 
 
 
Period end tangible shareholders' equity (£bn)
54.5
50.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
As at 30.06.24
 
Balance sheet and capital management1
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Loans and advances at amortised cost
417.8
414.5
399.5
Loans and advances at amortised cost impairment coverage ratio
1.2%
1.2%
1.4%
Total assets
1,598.7
1,518.2
1,576.6
Deposits at amortised cost
564.5
560.7
557.5
Tangible net asset value per share
384p
357p
340p
Common equity tier 1 ratio
14.0%
13.6%
13.6%
Common equity tier 1 capital
49.5
48.6
47.7
Risk weighted assets
353.0
358.1
351.4
UK leverage ratio
5.0%
5.0%
5.0%
UK leverage exposure
1,259.8
1,206.5
1,222.7
 
 
 
 
Funding and liquidity
 
 
 
Group liquidity pool (£bn)
333.7
296.9
328.7
Liquidity coverage ratio2
177.7%
172.4%
167.0%
Net stable funding ratio3
135.6%
134.9%
136.4%
Loan: deposit ratio
74%
74%
72%
 
1
Refer to pages 55 to 59 for further information on how capital, RWAs and leverage are calculated.
2
Represents average of the last 12 spot month end ratios. From June 2025, Barclays is prospectively implementing a new methodology for calculating net stress outflows related to secured financing transactions in the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR), see page 50 for additional information.
3
Represents average of the last four spot quarter end positions.
 
Group Finance Director's Review
 
H125 Group performance
 
Barclays delivered a profit before tax of £5,203m (H124: £4,215m), RoTE of 13.2% (H124: 11.1%) and EPS of 24.7p (H124: 18.6p)
The Group has a diverse income profile across businesses and geographies. The appreciation of average GBP against USD negatively impacted income and profits, and positively impacted credit impairment charges and total operating expenses
Group statutory income increased 12% to £14,896m driven by higher income in Global Markets across FICC and Equities, higher structural hedge income and Tesco Bank income
Group total operating expenses increased to £8,590m (H124: £8,181m)
-
Group operating costs increased 5% to £8,407m, reflecting Tesco Bank costs, further investment spend and business growth, inflation and the c.£50m expense for the employee share grant announced at FY24 Results, partially offset by c.£350m of cost efficiency savings
Credit impairment charges increased to £1,112m (H124: £897m), primarily driven by the acquisition of Tesco Bank and elevated US macroeconomic uncertainty, including the post model adjustment booked in Q125. Total coverage ratio remains stable at 1.2% (December 2024: 1.2%)
The effective tax rate (ETR) was 22.5% (H124: 21.2%)
Attributable profit was £3,523m (H124: £2,787m)
Total assets increased to £1,598.7bn (December 2024: £1,518.2bn), driven by an increase in trading activity in IB and an increase in the liquidity pool from increased wholesale funding. This was partially offset by a reduction in derivative assets and the strengthening of spot GBP against USD
TNAV per share increased to 384p (December 2024: 357p) including EPS of 24.7p and 11p benefit from the cash flow hedging reserve. These were partially offset by a 6p reduction from the FY24 dividend paid during H125 and net negative other reserve movements
 
Group capital and leverage
 
The CET1 ratio increased by c.50bps to 14.0% (December 2024: 13.6%) as CET1 capital increased by £1.0bn to £49.5bn and RWAs decreased by £5.1bn to £353.0bn:
-
c.100bps increase from attributable profit
-
c.50bps decrease driven by shareholder distributions including the completed £1.0bn share buyback announced with FY24 results and an accrual towards the total 2025 dividend
-
c.20bps increase from other CET1 capital movements, including an increase in the fair value through other comprehensive income reserve
-
c.10bps decrease as a result of a £3.7bn increase in RWAs, excluding the impact of foreign exchange movements, primarily driven by continued lending growth in Barclays UK and UKCB and trading activity in IB, partially offset by the disposal of the German consumer finance business
-
A £1.6bn decrease in CET1 capital due to a decrease in the currency translation reserve was partially offset by a £8.8bn decrease in RWAs as a result of foreign exchange movements
The UK leverage ratio remained stable at 5.0% (December 2024: 5.0%), as the leverage exposure increased by £53.3bn to £1,259.8bn (December 2024: £1,206.5bn) offset by an increase of £2.2bn in Tier 1 capital. The increase in leverage exposure was largely driven by an increase in trading activity in IB, partially offset by the strengthening of spot GBP against USD
 
Group funding and liquidity
 
The liquidity metrics remain well above regulatory requirements, underpinned by well-diversified sources of funding, a stable global deposit franchise and a highly liquid balance sheet
The liquidity pool was £333.7bn, an increase of £36.8bn from December 2024 (£296.9bn). The increase in the liquidity pool was primarily driven by deposit growth across businesses and increased term wholesale funding
The average1 LCR increased to 177.7% (December 2024: 172.4%), equivalent to a surplus of £135.0bn (December 2024: £127.5bn)
Total deposits increased to £564.5bn (December 2024: £560.7bn), primarily driven by customer deposit growth in IB and UKCB
The average2 Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) was 135.6% (December 2024: 134.9%), which represents a £166.6bn surplus (December 2024: £162.9bn) above the 100% regulatory requirement
Wholesale funding outstanding, excluding repurchase agreements, was £203.5bn (December 2024: £186.0bn)
The Group issued £10.3bn equivalent of minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) instruments from Barclays PLC (the Parent company) in H125. The Group has a strong MREL position with a ratio of 35.4%, which is in excess of the regulatory requirement of 30.7% plus a confidential, institution specific, PRA buffer
 
1
Represents average of the last 12 spot month end ratios. From June 2025, Barclays is prospectively implementing a new methodology for calculating net stress outflows related to secured financing transactions in the liquidity coverage ratio, see page 50 for additional information
2
Represents average of the last four spot quarter end ratios.
 
Other matters
 
Disposal of German consumer finance business: In Q125, Barclays Bank Ireland PLC announced the completion of the sale of its German consumer finance business to BAWAG P.S.K., a wholly owned subsidiary of BAWAG Group AG. The sale released c.£3.3bn of RWAs, increasing Barclays’ CET1 ratio by c.10bps in Q125
Long-term strategic partnership for Payment Acceptance business: On 17 April 2025, Barclays announced it had entered into a long-term strategic partnership with Brookfield Asset Management Ltd to grow and transform Barclays' Payment Acceptance business, previously referred to as the Merchant Acquiring business
UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) investigations concerning financial crime systems and controls and compliance with the Money Laundering Regulations: The UK FCA conducted civil enforcement investigations into Barclays Bank PLC’s and Barclays Bank UK PLC’s compliance with the Money Laundering Regulations and the UK FCA’s Principles of Business and Rules relating to anti-money laundering and financial crime systems and controls. The UK FCA's investigation of Barclays Bank PLC focused primarily on the historical oversight and management of a customer with heightened risk. In July 2025, Barclays Bank PLC agreed a settlement for £39m with the UK FCA to resolve the investigation. At the same time, Barclays Bank UK PLC reached a settlement with the UK FCA in a separate investigation concerning the onboarding of a client money account for an UK FCA-regulated firm. Barclays Bank UK PLC reached a monetary settlement for £9m which included a £6m voluntary payment for losses suffered by underlying investors. The UK FCA recognised Barclays’ cooperation in both matters, which are now concluded
Motor finance: There has been no change to Barclays Motor Finance provision in H125. The legal and regulatory outcomes and the nature, extent and timing of any remediation action, if required, remain uncertain and as a result the ultimate financial impact could be materially different to the amount provided, additional details of which are set out in Note 12 Provisions on page 80 and Note 16 Legal, competition and regulatory matters on page 83
 

Anna Cross, Group Finance Director
 
 
Results by Business
 
Barclays UK
Half year ended
 
Three months ended
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
Income statement information
£m
£m
% Change
 
 
£m
£m
% Change
 
Net interest income
3,677
3,146
17
 
1,855
1,597
16
Net fee, commission and other income
516
567
(9)
 
264
290
(9)
Total income
4,193
3,713
13
 
2,119
1,887
12
Operating costs
(2,283)
(2,048)
(11)
 
(1,168)
(1,041)
(12)
UK regulatory levies
(43)
(54)
20
 
 
Litigation and conduct
(29)
(6)
 
 
(27)
(4)
 
Total operating expenses
(2,355)
(2,108)
(12)
 
(1,195)
(1,045)
(14)
Other net income
 
 
 
#DIV/0!
Profit before impairment
1,838
1,605
15
 
924
842
10
Credit impairment charges
(237)
(66)
 
 
(79)
(8)
 
Profit before tax
1,601
1,539
4
 
845
834
1
Attributable profit
1,090
1,063
3
 
580
584
(1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance measures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
18.6%
20.4%
 
 
19.7%
22.3%
 
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn)
11.7
10.4
 
 
11.8
10.5
 
Cost: income ratio
56%
57%
 
 
56%
55%
 
Loan loss rate (bps)
21
6
 
 
14
1
 
Net interest margin
3.55%
3.15%
 
 
3.55%
3.22%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key facts
As at 30.06.25
As at 30.06.24
 
 
 
 
 
UK mortgage balances (£bn)
166.8
161.1
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage gross lending flow (£bn)
15.4
9.2
 
 
 
 
 
Average LTV of mortgage portfolio1
54%
53%
 
 
 
 
 
Average LTV of new mortgage lending1
70%
63%
 
 
 
 
 
Number of branches
207
228
 
 
 
 
 
Digitally active customers (m)2
13.7
13.2
 
 
 
 
 
30 day arrears rate - total UK cards
0.7%
0.8%
 
 
 
 
 
90 day arrears rate - total UK cards
0.2%
0.2%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
As at 30.06.24
 
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet information
£bn
£bn
£bn
 
 
 
 
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
211.2
207.7
198.7
 
 
 
 
Total assets
299.7
299.8
293.0
 
 
 
 
Customer deposits at amortised cost
241.3
244.2
236.8
 
 
 
 
Loan: deposit ratio
94%
92%
91%
 
 
 
 
Risk weighted assets
86.1
84.5
76.5
 
 
 
 
Period end allocated tangible equity
11.8
11.6
10.6
 
 
 
 
 
1
Average loan to value (LTV) of mortgages is balance weighted and reflects both residential and buy-to-let (BTL) mortgage portfolios within the Home Loans portfolio.
2
Mobile active customers has been replaced by digitally active customers as a more complete reflection of digital adoption by Barclays UK customers. Excludes Tesco Bank.
 
During H125 Barclays UK revised its internal reporting structure to align with strategic changes and allocation of resources. As a result, a new business unit of Retail Banking will replace the previously reported sub-segments of Personal Banking and Barclaycard Consumer UK. There is no impact on the overall Barclays UK and Barclays Group consolidated financials.
 
Analysis of Barclays UK
 
Half year ended
 
Three months ended
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
Analysis of total income
£m
£m
% Change
 
 
£m
£m
% Change
 
Personal Banking
2,729
2,302
19
 
1,381
1,174
18
Barclaycard Consumer UK
443
457
(3)
 
218
228
(4)
Retail Banking1
3,172
2,759
15
 
1,599
1,402
14
Business Banking
1,021
954
7
 
520
485
7
Total income
4,193
3,713
13
 
2,119
1,887
12
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Analysis of credit impairment charges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Personal Banking
(162)
(40)
 
 
(55)
(26)
 
Barclaycard Consumer UK
(42)
(63)
33
 
(4)
(25)
84
Retail Banking1
(204)
(103)
(98)
 
(59)
(51)
(16)
Business Banking
(33)
37
 
 
(20)
43
 
Total credit impairment charges
(237)
(66)
 
 
(79)
(8)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
As at 30.06.24
 
 
 
 
 
Analysis of loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
 
 
 
Personal Banking
180.7
177.0
167.3
 
 
 
 
Barclaycard Consumer UK
11.7
11.0
10.2
 
 
 
 
Retail Banking1
192.4
188.0
177.5
 
 
 
 
Business Banking
18.8
19.7
21.2
 
 
 
 
Total loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
211.2
207.7
198.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Analysis of customer deposits at amortised cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Personal Banking
189.3
191.4
183.3
 
 
 
 
Barclaycard Consumer UK
 
 
 
 
Retail Banking1
189.3
191.4
183.3
 
 
 
 
Business Banking
52.0
52.8
53.5
 
 
 
 
Total customer deposits at amortised cost
241.3
244.2
236.8
 
 
 
 
 
1
Following the completion of the acquisition on 1 November 2024, Tesco Bank is reported in Retail Banking.
 
Barclays UK delivered a RoTE of 18.6% (H124: 20.4%) supported by robust income, disciplined cost management as Tesco Bank is integrated, and normalising levels of impairment underpinned by strong asset quality.
 
Income statement - H125 compared to H124
 
Profit before tax increased 4% to £1,601m
 
Total income increased 13% to £4,193m. NII increased 17% to £3,677m, as continued structural hedge momentum and the impact from the acquisition of Tesco Bank was partially offset by retail deposit dynamics. Net fee, commission and other income decreased 9% to £516m
 
-
Retail Banking income increased 15% to £3,172m driven by continued structural hedge momentum and the impact from the acquisition of Tesco Bank, partially offset by retail deposit dynamics
 

Business Banking income increased 7% to £1,021m driven by continued structural hedge momentum, partially offset by lower government scheme lending as repayments continue and lower deposit volumes
 
Total operating expenses increased 12% to £2,355m, driven by Tesco Bank run and integration costs, and inflation. Ongoing efficiency savings continue to be reinvested, to drive sustainable improvement to the cost: income ratio
 
Credit impairment charges were £237m (H124: £66m), underpinned by low UK cards 30 and 90 day arrears rates of 0.7% (H124: 0.8%) and 0.2% (H124: 0.2%) respectively. Total charges are higher than those in H124, which benefitted from an improved macroeconomic outlook; and H125 charges also reflect the impact from the acquisition of Tesco Bank. The UK cards total coverage ratio decreased to 4.5% (December 2024: 4.8%) driven by resilient customer behaviour
 
Balance sheet - 30 June 2025 compared to 31 December 2024
 
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost increased by £3.5bn to £211.2bn, primarily driven by growth in Retail Banking mortgages and cards lending, partially offset by continued repayment of government scheme lending in Business Banking
 
Customer deposits at amortised cost decreased by £2.9bn to £241.3bn, driven by a reduction in Retail Banking deposits and Business Banking current accounts. The loan: deposit ratio remained broadly stable at 94% (December 2024: 92%)
 
RWAs increased to £86.1bn (December 2024: £84.5bn) primarily due to Retail Banking mortgages and cards lending growth
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
Half year ended
 
Three months ended
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
Income statement information
£m
£m
% Change
 
£m
£m
% Change
Net interest income
701
573
22
 
359
296
21
Net fee, commission, trading and other income
302
304
(1)
 
160
147
9
Total income
1,003
877
14
 
519
443
17
Operating costs
(474)
(456)
(4)
 
(240)
(235)
(2)
UK regulatory levies
(24)
(30)
20
 
 
Litigation and conduct
(39)
 
 
(39)
 
Total operating expenses
(537)
(486)
(10)
 
(279)
(235)
(19)
Other net income
 
 
#DIV/0!
Profit before impairment
466
391
19
 
240
208
15
Credit impairment charges
(31)
(23)
(35)
 
(12)
(8)
(50)
Profit before tax
435
368
18
 
228
200
14
Attributable profit
284
248
15
 
142
135
5
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance measures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
16.8%
16.6%
 
 
16.6%
18.0%
 
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn)
3.4
3.0
 
 
3.4
3.0
 
Cost: income ratio
54%
55%
 
 
54%
53%
 
Loan loss rate (bps)
22
18
 
 
17
12
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
As at 30.06.24
 
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet information
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
27.9
25.4
25.7
 
 
 
 
Deposits at amortised cost
85.3
83.1
84.9
 
 
 
 
Risk weighted assets
25.3
23.9
21.9
 
 
 
 
Period end allocated tangible equity
3.5
3.3
3.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Half year ended
 
Three months ended
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
 
30.06.25
30.06.24
 
Analysis of total income
£m
 
£m
 
% Change
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
% Change
 
Corporate lending
170
129
32
 
90
57
58
Transaction banking
833
748
11
 
429
386
11
Total income
1,003
877
14
 
519
443
17
 
UKCB delivered a RoTE of 16.8% (H124: 16.6%), as increased income from higher average deposit and lending balances was offset by a litigation and conduct charge, continued investment and higher RWAs to support future growth ambitions.
 
Income statement - H125 compared to H124
 
Profit before tax increased 18% to £435m
 
Total income increased 14% to £1,003m. NII increased 22% to £701m driven by higher average deposit and lending balances, and higher structural hedge income. Net fee, commission, trading and other income was stable at £302m
 
Total operating expenses increased 10% to £537m, primarily driven by a litigation and conduct charge of £39m. Operating costs increased 4% to £474m, reflecting higher investment spend to support business growth ambitions, with ongoing efficiency savings offsetting inflationary headwinds
 
Credit impairment charges were £31m (H124: £23m), reflecting stable underlying credit performance and limited single name charges
 
Balance sheet - 30 June 2025 compared to 31 December 2024
 
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost increased to £27.9bn (December 2024: £25.4bn), reflecting the strategic focus to grow customer lending
 
Deposits at amortised cost increased to £85.3bn (December 2024: £83.1bn), driven by an inflow of balances from new and existing customers
 
RWAs increased to £25.3bn (December 2024: £23.9bn), reflecting higher client lending limits and growth in lending balances
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
Half year ended
 
Three months ended
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
Income statement information
£m
£m
% Change
 
£m
£m
% Change
Net interest income
407
362
12
 
203
187
9
Net fee, commission and other income
290
270
7
 
145
133
9
Total income
697
632
10
 
348
320
9
Operating costs
(472)
(434)
(9)
 
(238)
(220)
(8)
UK regulatory levies
(2)
(3)
33
 
 
Litigation and conduct
1
 
 
1
 
Total operating expenses
(474)
(436)
(9)
 
(238)
(219)
(9)
Other net income
#DIV/0!
`
 
#DIV/0!
Profit before impairment
223
196
14
 
110
101
9
Credit impairment releases
11
3
 
 
2
3
(33)
Profit before tax
234
199
18
 
112
104
8
Attributable profit
184
151
22
 
88
77
14
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance measures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
33.2%
29.7%
 
 
31.9%
30.8%
 
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn)
1.1
1.0
 
 
1.1
1.0
 
Cost: income ratio
68%
69%
 
 
68%
68%
 
Loan loss rate (bps)
(15)
(4)
 
 
(5)
(9)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key facts
£bn
£bn
 
 
£bn
£bn
 
Net new assets under management1
1.9
1.7
 
 
0.9
1.5
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
As at 30.06.24
 
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet information
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
14.5
14.5
13.9
 
 
 
 
Deposits at amortised cost
66.7
69.5
64.6
 
 
 
 
Risk weighted assets
7.9
7.9
7.0
 
 
 
 
Period end allocated tangible equity
1.1
1.1
1.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Invested assets2
131.9
124.6
119.8
 
 
 
 
Clients assets and liabilities3
213.4
208.9
198.5
 
 
 
 
 
PBWM delivered a RoTE of 33.2% (H124: 29.7%), as strong growth in income due to higher client balances was partially offset by continued investment to support future growth ambitions.
Income statement - H125 compared to H124
 
Profit before tax increased 18% to £234m
 
Total income increased 10% to £697m, driven by growth in deposit, invested assets and loan balances from net new inflows and market movements, along with higher transactional activity
Total operating expenses increased 9% to £474m, reflecting higher investment spend to support business growth ambitions, with ongoing efficiency savings offsetting inflationary headwinds
 
Balance sheet - 30 June 2025 compared to 31 December 2024
Client assets and liabilities increased £4.5bn to £213.4bn, driven by growth in invested assets from net new inflows and market movements, partially offset by lower deposits due to outflow of short-term balances, and FX impact
 
RWAs were stable at £7.9bn (December 2024: £7.9bn)
 
1
Net new assets under management reflects the net inflows and outflows of client balances within discretionary portfolio management and advisory mandates. It excludes market performance and foreign exchange translation, but includes reinvested dividend payments.
2
Invested assets (held off-balance sheet) represent assets under management and supervision. Uninvested cash held under an investment mandate and reported within customer deposits is excluded from invested assets.
3
Client assets and liabilities refers to customer deposits, lending and invested assets.
 
Barclays Investment Bank
Half year ended
 
Three months ended
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
Income statement information
£m
£m
% Change
 
£m
£m
% Change
Net interest income
631
465
36
 
334
268
25
Net trading income
4,322
3,467
25
 
1,906
1,485
28
Net fee, commission and other income
2,227
2,415
(8)
 
1,067
1,266
(16)
Total income
7,180
6,347
13
 
3,307
3,019
10
Operating costs
(3,993)
(3,858)
(3)
 
(1,932)
(1,900)
(2)
UK regulatory levies
(27)
(33)
18
 
 
Litigation and conduct
(11)
(11)
 
(8)
(3)
 
Total operating expenses
(4,031)
(3,902)
(3)
 
(1,940)
(1,903)
(2)
Other net income
 
#DIV/0!
 
#DIV/0!
Profit before impairment
3,149
2,445
29
 
1,367
1,116
22
Credit impairment charges
 
(139)
(34)
 
 
(67)
(44)
(52)
Profit before tax
3,010
2,411
25
 
1,300
1,072
21
Attributable profit
2,075
1,614
29
 
876
715
23
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance measures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
14.2%
10.8%
 
 
12.2%
9.6%
 
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn)
29.2
30.0
 
 
28.7
29.9
 
Cost: income ratio
56%
61%
 
 
59%
63%
 
Loan loss rate (bps)
22
6
 
 
21
15
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
As at 30.06.24
 
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet information
£bn
£bn
£bn
 
 
 
 
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
66.8
69.7
66.6
 
 
 
 
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
7.1
6.8
6.6
 
 
 
 
Debt securities at amortised cost
52.4
47.9
41.7
 
 
 
 
Loans and advances at amortised cost
126.3
124.4
114.9
 
 
 
 
Trading portfolio assets
186.1
166.1
197.2
 
 
 
 
Derivative financial instrument assets
279.0
291.6
251.4
 
 
 
 
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement
215.2
190.4
211.7
 
 
 
 
Cash collateral and settlement balances
145.0
111.1
139.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits at amortised cost
148.7
140.5
151.3
 
 
 
 
Derivative financial instrument liabilities
265.1
279.0
241.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk weighted assets
196.4
198.8
203.3
 
 
 
 
Period end allocated tangible equity
28.7
29.3
29.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
Half year ended
 
 
Three months ended
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
Analysis of total income
£m
£m
% Change
 
£m
£m
% Change
FICC
3,149
2,553
23
 
1,450
1,149
26
Equities
1,833
1,579
16
 
870
696
25
Global Markets
4,982
4,132
21
 
2,320
1,845
26
Advisory
266
286
(7)
 
123
138
(11)
Equity capital markets
151
189
(20)
 
81
121
(33)
Debt capital markets
795
821
(3)
 
364
420
(13)
Banking fees and underwriting
1,212
1,296
(6)
 
568
679
(16)
Corporate lending
152
129
18
 
(4)
87
 
Transaction banking
834
790
6
 
423
408
4
International Corporate Bank
986
919
7
 
419
495
(15)
Investment Banking
2,198
2,215
(1)
 
987
1,174
(16)
Total income
7,180
6,347
13
 
3,307
3,019
10
 
IB delivered a RoTE of 14.2% (H124: 10.8%) as progress on strategic ambitions has enabled structurally higher returns, reflecting deepened client relationships, supporting income in a range of environments. Income growth whilst maintaining cost and capital discipline, drove positive operating jaws and improved RWA productivity.
 
Income statement - H125 compared to H124
 
Profit before tax increased to £3,010m (H124: £2,411m)
 
IB has a diverse income profile across businesses and geographies. The appreciation of average GBP against USD adversely impacted income and profits, and positively impacted credit impairment charges and total operating expenses
 
Total income increased 13% to £7,180m, including adverse average FX impacts
 
-
Global Markets income increased 21% to £4,982m across FICC and Equities
 
-
FICC income increased 23% to £3,149m, reflecting continued support provided to clients through a volatile market environment, including a strong performance in Macro and Credit, and sustained strength in Financing
-
Equities income increased 16% to £1,833m, (up 26% excluding the prior year £125m fair value gain on Visa B shares in Q124), reflecting growth in Prime and increased volatility and client activity in Derivatives
 
-
Investment Banking income decreased 1% to £2,198m
 
 
-
Banking fees and underwriting income decreased 6% to £1,212m, primarily driven by a 20% decline in Equity Capital Markets fees due to a strong prior year comparator, which included fees booked on a large UK rights issue in Q224. Overall Banking fee share was stable at 3.4% in a broadly stable fee pool environment1
 
-
International Corporate Bank income increased 7% to £986m. Corporate lending income increased 18% to £152m due to net gains on fair value lending (c.£50m)2. Transaction banking income increased 6% to £834m, as higher income from growth in deposit balances was partially offset by margin compression due to change in deposits product mix
 
Total operating expenses increased 3% to £4,031m, driven by the impact of inflationary headwinds and higher performance costs, partially offset by efficiency savings and FX
 
Credit impairment charges were £139m (H124: £34m), primarily driven by elevated US macroeconomic uncertainty, including the post model adjustment booked in Q125 and single name charges including the benefit of credit protection
 
Balance sheet - 30 June 2025 compared to 31 December 2024
 
Loans and advances at amortised costs increased £1.9bn to £126.3bn (December 2024: £124.4bn), driven by increased investment in debt securities in treasury, partially offset by the strengthening of spot GBP against USD
 
Trading portfolio assets increased £20.0bn to £186.1bn (December 2024: £166.1bn), driven by increased trading activity in debt securities to facilitate client demand in Global Markets, partially offset by the strengthening of spot GBP against USD
 
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement increased £24.8bn to £215.2bn (December 2024: £190.4bn), driven by increased secured lending, partially offset by the strengthening of spot GBP against USD
 
Derivative assets decreased £12.6bn to £279.0bn (December 2024: £291.6bn) and liabilities decreased £13.9bn to £265.1bn (December 2024: £279.0bn, primarily driven by a reduction in mark-to-market on FX derivatives and strengthening of spot GBP against USD, partially offset by an increase in equity derivatives
 
Deposits at amortised cost increased £8.2bn to £148.7bn (December 2024: £140.5bn), driven by growth in deposits across International Corporate Bank and Treasury
 
RWAs decreased to £196.4bn (December 2024: £198.8bn) mainly driven by the strengthening of spot GBP against USD, partially offset by higher client and trading activity as we continued to support clients through a period of volatility
 
 
1
Data source: Dealogic as at 30 June 2025.
2
Q125 included c.£105m of fair value gains on leverage finance lending. Q225 included c.£55m of fair value losses on lending.
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
Half year ended
 
Three months ended
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
Income statement information
£m
£m
% Change
 
£m
£m
% Change
Net interest income
1,318
1,334
(1)
 
640
646
(1)
Net fee, commission and other income
369
344
7
 
183
173
6
Total income
1,687
1,678
1
 
823
819
Operating costs
(803)
(796)
(1)
 
(396)
(408)
3
UK regulatory levies
#DIV/0!
 
#DIV/0!
Litigation and conduct
(3)
(4)
25
 
(2)
 
Total operating expenses
(806)
(800)
(1)
 
(396)
(410)
3
Other net income
#DIV/0!
 
#DIV/0!
Profit before impairment
881
878
 
427
409
4
Credit impairment charges
 
(711)
(719)
1
 
(312)
(309)
(1)
Profit before tax
170
159
7
 
115
100
15
Attributable profit
128
119
8
 
87
75
16
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance measures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
7.3%
7.2%
 
 
10.2%
9.2%
 
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn)
3.5
3.3
 
 
3.4
3.3
 
Cost: income ratio
48%
48%
 
 
48%
50%
 
Loan loss rate (bps)
523
509
 
 
456
438
 
Net interest margin
10.68%
10.78%
 
 
10.83%
10.43%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key facts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US cards 30 day arrears rate
2.8%
2.9%
 
 
 
 
 
US cards 90 days arrears rate
1.6%
1.6%
 
 
 
 
 
US cards customer FICO score distribution
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
<660
12%
12%
 
 
 
 
 
>660
88%
88%
 
 
 
 
 
End net receivables (reported) ($bn)
32.9
31.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
As at 30.06.24
 
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet information
£bn
£bn
£bn
 
 
 
 
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
18.2
20.0
24.3
 
 
 
 
Deposits at amortised cost
22.5
23.3
20.0
 
 
 
 
Risk weighted assets
24.7
26.8
24.4
 
 
 
 
Period end allocated tangible equity
3.4
3.7
3.3
 
 
 
 
 
USCB delivered a RoTE of 7.3% (H124: 7.2%), as increased income from business growth and broadly stable delinquencies was partially offset by higher costs, including partner related expenses.
 
Income statement - H125 compared to H124
 
Profit before tax was £170m (H124: £159m)
 
The 3% appreciation of average GBP against USD adversely impacted income and profits, and positively impacted credit impairment charges and total operating expenses
 
Total income increased 1% to £1,687m, driven by business growth and increased purchase activity, partially offset by FX. NII is broadly stable at £1,318m including business growth. Net fee, commission and other income increased 7% to £369m driven by purchases and fee growth
 
Total operating expenses increased 1% to £806m, driven by partner related expenses, partially offset by FX, with ongoing efficiency savings offsetting inflationary headwinds
 
Credit impairment charges were £711m (H124: £719m), informed by broadly stable delinquencies in US cards and elevated US macroeconomic uncertainty, including the post model adjustment booked in Q125. US cards 30 and 90 day arrears were 2.8%1 (H124: 2.9%) and 1.6%1 (H124: 1.6%) respectively. The USCB total coverage ratio was 11.6% (December 2024: 11.4%)
 
 
Balance sheet - 30 June 2025 compared to 31 December 2024
 
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost reduced to £18.2bn (December 2024: £20.0bn), reflecting seasonality and the strengthening of spot GBP against USD
 
Deposits at amortised cost decreased to £22.5bn (December 2024: £23.3bn), with growth in retail savings which is in line with USCB's ambition to grow core deposits, more than offset by the strengthening of spot GBP against USD
 
RWAs decreased to £24.7bn (December 2024: £26.8bn), driven by seasonality and the strengthening of spot GBP against USD
 
1
Including a co-branded cards portfolio classified as assets held for sale.
 
Head Office
Half year ended
 
Three months ended
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
 
30.06.25
 
30.06.24
 
 
Income statement information
£m
£m
% Change
 
£m
£m
% Change
Net interest income
288
248
16
 
114
62
84
Net fee, commission and other income
(152)
(218)
30
 
(43)
(226)
81
Total income
136
30
 
 
71
(164)
 
Operating costs
(382)
(406)
6
 
(175)
(195)
10
UK regulatory levies
 
 
#DIV/0!
Litigation and conduct
(5)
(43)
88
 
(2)
1
 
Total operating expenses
(387)
(449)
14
 
(177)
(194)
9
Other net income/(expenses)
 
9
16
(44)
 
(9)
4
 
Loss before impairment
(242)
(403)
40
 
(115)
(354)
68
Credit impairment charges
 
(5)
(58)
91
 
(1)
(18)
94
Loss before tax
(247)
(461)
46
 
(116)
(372)
69
Attributable loss
(238)
(408)
42
 
(114)
(349)
67
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance measures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn)
4.6
2.4
 
 
5.5
2.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
As at 30.06.24
 
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet information
£bn
£bn
£bn
 
 
 
 
Risk weighted assets
12.6
16.2
18.3
 
 
 
 
Period end allocated tangible equity
5.9
2.4
2.7
 
 
 
 
 
Income statement - H125 compared to H124
 
Loss before tax was £247m (H124: £461m)
 
Total income increased to £136m (H124: £30m), primarily from the non-recurrence of the prior year loss on sale of the performing Italian retail mortgage portfolio, partially offset by the impact of the disposal of the German consumer finance business in Q125
 
Total operating expenses decreased to £387m (H124: £449m), primarily from lower litigation and conduct charges and the impact of the disposal of the German consumer finance business in Q125, partially offset by the c.£50m expense for the employee share grant announced at FY24 Results
 
Credit impairment charges decreased to £5m (H124: £58m), driven by the disposal of the German consumer finance business in Q125 and the disposal of the Italian mortgage portfolios in FY24
 
Balance sheet - 30 June 2025 compared to 31 December 2024
 
RWAs decreased to £12.6bn (December 2024: £16.2bn), primarily driven by the disposal of the German consumer finance business 
 
Quarterly Results Summary
 
Barclays Group
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
Income statement information
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Net interest income
3,505
3,517
 
3,500
3,308
3,056
3,072
 
3,139
3,247
Net fee, commission and other income
3,682
4,192
 
3,464
3,239
3,268
3,881
 
2,459
3,011
Total income
7,187
7,709
 
6,964
6,547
6,324
6,953
 
5,598
6,258
Operating costs
(4,149)
(4,258)
 
(4,244)
(3,954)
(3,999)
(3,998)
 
(4,735)
(3,949)
UK regulatory levies
(96)
 
(227)
27
(120)
 
(180)
Litigation and conduct
(76)
(11)
 
(121)
(35)
(7)
(57)
 
(5)
Total operating expenses
(4,225)
(4,365)
 
(4,592)
(3,962)
(4,006)
(4,175)
 
(4,920)
(3,949)
Other net (expenses)/income
(9)
18
 
21
4
12
 
(16)
9
Profit before impairment
2,953
3,362
 
2,372
2,606
2,322
2,790
 
662
2,318
Credit impairment charges
(469)
(643)
 
(711)
(374)
(384)
(513)
 
(552)
(433)
Profit before tax
2,484
2,719
 
1,661
2,232
1,938
2,277
 
110
1,885
Tax (charges)/credit
(552)
(621)
 
(448)
(412)
(427)
(465)
 
23
(343)
Profit after tax
1,932
2,098
 
1,213
1,820
1,511
1,812
 
133
1,542
Non-controlling interests
(21)
(2)
 
(20)
(3)
(23)
(3)
 
(25)
(9)
Other equity instrument holders
(252)
(232)
 
(228)
(253)
(251)
(259)
 
(219)
(259)
Attributable profit/(loss)
1,659
1,864
 
965
1,564
1,237
1,550
 
(111)
1,274
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance measures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity
12.3%
14.0%
 
7.5%
12.3%
9.9%
12.3%
 
(0.9)%
11.0%
Average tangible shareholders' equity (£bn)
53.9
53.1
 
51.5
51.0
49.8
50.5
 
48.9
46.5
Cost: income ratio
59%
57%
 
66%
61%
63%
60%
 
88%
63%
Loan loss rate (bps)
44
61
 
66
37
38
51
 
54
42
Basic earnings per ordinary share
11.7p
13.0p
 
6.7p
10.7p
8.3p
10.3p
 
(0.7)p
8.3p
Basic weighted average number of shares (m)
14,211
14,314
 
14,432
14,648
14,915
14,983
 
15,092
15,405
Period end number of shares (m)
14,180
14,336
 
14,420
14,571
14,826
15,091
 
15,155
15,239
Period end tangible shareholders' equity (£bn)
54.5
53.4
 
51.5
51.1
50.4
50.6
 
50.2
48.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet and capital management1
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
339.2
338.6
 
337.9
326.5
329.8
332.1
 
333.3
339.6
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
8.7
9.4
 
8.3
8.1
8.0
8.5
 
9.5
11.5
Debt securities at amortised cost
69.9
71.4
 
68.2
64.6
61.7
57.4
 
56.7
54.3
Loans and advances at amortised cost
417.8
419.4
 
414.5
399.2
399.5
397.9
 
399.5
405.4
Loans and advances at amortised cost impairment coverage ratio
1.2%
1.2%
 
1.2%
1.3%
1.4%
1.4%
 
1.4%
1.4%
Total assets
1,598.7
1,593.5
 
1,518.2
1,531.1
1,576.6
1,577.1
 
1,477.5
1,591.7
Deposits at amortised cost
564.5
574.3
 
560.7
542.8
557.5
552.3
 
538.8
561.3
Tangible net asset value per share
384p
372p
 
357p
351p
340p
335p
 
331p
316p
Common equity tier 1 ratio
14.0%
13.9%
 
13.6%
13.8%
13.6%
13.5%
 
13.8%
14.0%
Common equity tier 1 capital
49.5
48.8
 
48.6
47.0
47.7
47.1
 
47.3
48.0
Risk weighted assets
353.0
351.3
 
358.1
340.4
351.4
349.6
 
342.7
341.9
UK leverage ratio
5.0%
5.0%
 
5.0%
4.9%
5.0%
4.9%
 
5.2%
5.0%
UK leverage exposure
1,259.8
1,252.8
 
1,206.5
1,197.4
1,222.7
1,226.5
 
1,168.3
1,202.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funding and liquidity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group liquidity pool (£bn)
333.7
336.3
 
296.9
311.7
328.7
323.5
 
298.1
335.0
Liquidity coverage ratio
177.7%
175.3%
 
172.4%
170.1%
167.0%
163.2%
 
161.4%
158.7%
Net stable funding ratio
135.6%
136.2%
 
134.9%
135.6%
136.4%
135.7%
 
138.0%
138.2%
Loan: deposit ratio
74%
73%
 
74%
74%
72%
72%
 
74%
72%
 
1
Refer to pages 55 to 59 for further information on how capital, RWAs and leverage are calculated.
 
Barclays UK
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q4241
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
Income statement information
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Net interest income
1,855
1,822
 
1,815
1,666
1,597
1,549
 
1,575
1,578
Net fee, commission and other income
264
252
 
800
280
290
277
 
217
295
Total income
2,119
2,074
 
2,615
1,946
1,887
1,826
 
1,792
1,873
Operating costs
(1,168)
(1,115)
 
(1,170)
(1,017)
(1,041)
(1,007)
 
(1,153)
(1,058)
UK regulatory levies
(43)
 
(36)
12
(54)
 
(30)
Litigation and conduct
(27)
(2)
 
(9)
(1)
(4)
(2)
 
(4)
9
Total operating expenses
(1,195)
(1,160)
 
(1,215)
(1,006)
(1,045)
(1,063)
 
(1,187)
(1,049)
Other net income
 
 
Profit before impairment
924
914
 
1,400
940
842
763
 
605
824
Credit impairment charges
(79)
(158)
 
(283)
(16)
(8)
(58)
 
(37)
(59)
Profit before tax
845
756
 
1,117
924
834
705
 
568
765
Attributable profit
580
510
 
781
621
584
479
 
382
531
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet information
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
211.2
209.6
 
207.7
199.3
198.7
200.8
 
202.8
204.9
Customer deposits at amortised cost
241.3
243.1
 
244.2
236.3
236.8
237.2
 
241.1
243.2
Loan: deposit ratio
94%
93%
 
92%
92%
91%
92%
 
92%
92%
Risk weighted assets
86.1
85.0
 
84.5
77.5
76.5
76.5
 
73.5
73.2
Period end allocated tangible equity
11.8
11.8
 
11.6
10.7
10.6
10.7
 
10.2
10.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance measures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
19.7%
17.4%
 
28.0%
23.4%
22.3%
18.5%
 
14.9%
21.0%
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn)
11.8
11.7
 
11.2
10.6
10.5
10.4
 
10.2
10.1
Cost: income ratio
56%
56%
 
46%
52%
55%
58%
 
66%
56%
Loan loss rate (bps)
14
28
 
49
3
1
11
 
7
10
Net interest margin
3.55%
3.55%
 
3.53%
3.34%
3.22%
3.09%
 
3.07%
3.04%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
Q424 includes the Day 1 impacts from the acquisition of Tesco Bank: total Income includes a £556m gain, and credit impairment charges includes a £209m charge.
 
 
Analysis of Barclays UK
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
Analysis of total income
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Personal Banking
1,381
1,348
 
1,847
1,184
1,174
1,128
 
1,067
1,165
Barclaycard Consumer UK
218
225
 
231
249
228
229
 
242
238
Retail Banking1
1,599
1,573
 
2,078
1,433
1,402
1,357
 
1,309
1,403
Business Banking
520
501
 
537
513
485
469
 
483
470
Total income
2,119
2,074
 
2,615
1,946
1,887
1,826
 
1,792
1,873
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Analysis of credit impairment (charges)/releases
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Personal Banking
(55)
(107)
 
(244)
3
(26)
(14)
 
35
(85)
Barclaycard Consumer UK
(4)
(38)
 
(35)
(15)
(25)
(38)
 
(73)
29
Retail Banking1
(59)
(145)
 
(279)
(12)
(51)
(52)
 
(38)
(56)
Business Banking
(20)
(13)
 
(4)
(4)
43
(6)
 
1
(3)
Total credit impairment charges
(79)
(158)
 
(283)
(16)
(8)
(58)
 
(37)
(59)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Analysis of loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Personal Banking
180.7
179.3
 
177.0
168.1
167.3
169.0
 
170.1
172.3
Barclaycard Consumer UK
11.7
11.1
 
11.0
10.6
10.2
9.8
 
9.7
9.6
Retail Banking1
192.4
190.4
 
188.0
178.7
177.5
178.8
 
179.8
181.9
Business Banking
18.8
19.2
 
19.7
20.6
21.2
22.0
 
23.0
23.0
Total loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
211.2
209.6
 
207.7
199.3
198.7
200.8
 
202.8
204.9
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Analysis of customer deposits at amortised cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Personal Banking
189.3
190.8
 
191.4
182.9
183.3
183.4
 
185.4
186.1
Barclaycard Consumer UK
 
 
Retail Banking1
189.3
190.8
 
191.4
182.9
183.3
183.4
 
185.4
186.1
Business Banking
52.0
52.3
 
52.8
53.4
53.5
53.8
 
55.7
57.1
Total customer deposits at amortised cost
241.3
243.1
 
244.2
236.3
236.8
237.2
 
241.1
243.2
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
Income statement information
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Net interest income
359
342
 
324
309
296
277
 
247
304
Net fee, commission, trading and other income
160
142
 
134
136
147
157
 
148
136
Total income
519
484
 
458
445
443
434
 
395
440
Operating costs
(240)
(234)
 
(250)
(229)
(235)
(221)
 
(258)
(224)
UK regulatory levies
(24)
 
(14)
7
(30)
 
(8)
Litigation and conduct
(39)
 
(1)
 
(1)
2
Total operating expenses
(279)
(258)
 
(265)
(222)
(235)
(251)
 
(267)
(222)
Other net expenses
 
 
(5)
Profit before impairment
240
226
 
193
223
208
183
 
123
218
Credit impairment charges
(12)
(19)
 
(40)
(13)
(8)
(15)
 
(18)
(15)
Profit before tax
228
207
 
153
210
200
168
 
105
203
Attributable profit
142
142
 
98
144
135
113
 
59
129
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet information
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
27.9
26.7
 
25.4
24.8
25.7
25.7
 
26.4
26.9
Deposits at amortised cost
85.3
85.3
 
83.1
82.3
84.9
81.7
 
84.9
82.7
Risk weighted assets
25.3
24.2
 
23.9
22.1
21.9
21.4
 
20.9
19.5
Period end allocated tangible equity
3.5
3.4
 
3.3
3.0
3.0
3.0
 
3.0
2.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance measures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
16.6%
17.1%
 
12.3%
18.8%
18.0%
15.2%
 
8.4%
18.3%
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn)
3.4
3.3
 
3.2
3.1
3.0
3.0
 
2.8
2.8
Cost: income ratio
54%
53%
 
58%
50%
53%
58%
 
68%
50%
Loan loss rate (bps)
17
28
 
62
21
12
23
 
27
21
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Analysis of total income
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Corporate lending
90
80
 
71
67
57
72
 
64
69
Transaction banking
429
404
 
387
378
386
362
 
331
371
Total income
519
484
 
458
445
443
434
 
395
440
 
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
Income statement information
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Net interest income
203
204
 
216
189
187
175
 
182
219
Net fee, commission and other income
145
145
 
135
137
133
137
 
131
118
Total income
348
349
 
351
326
320
312
 
313
337
Operating costs
(238)
(234)
 
(255)
(222)
(220)
(214)
 
(255)
(214)
UK regulatory levies
(2)
 
(7)
1
(3)
 
(4)
Litigation and conduct
 
(1)
1
 
2
Total operating expenses
(238)
(236)
 
(263)
(221)
(219)
(217)
 
(257)
(214)
Other net income
 
 
Profit before impairment
110
113
 
88
105
101
95
 
56
123
Credit impairment releases/(charges)
2
9
 
(2)
(7)
3
 
4
2
Profit before tax
112
122
 
86
98
104
95
 
60
125
Attributable profit
88
96
 
63
74
77
74
 
47
102
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet information
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
14.5
14.5
 
14.5
14.0
13.9
13.7
 
13.6
13.4
Deposits at amortised cost
66.7
73.1
 
69.5
64.8
64.6
61.9
 
60.3
59.7
Risk weighted assets
7.9
8.0
 
7.9
7.3
7.0
7.2
 
7.2
7.2
Period end allocated tangible equity
1.1
1.1
 
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
 
1.0
1.0
Client assets and liabilities1
213.4
212.4
 
208.9
201.5
198.5
189.1
 
182.9
178.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance measures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
31.9%
34.5%
 
23.9%
29.0%
30.8%
28.7%
 
19.1%
41.2%
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn)
1.1
1.1
 
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
 
1.0
1.0
Cost: income ratio
68%
68%
 
75%
68%
68%
70%
 
82%
63%
Loan loss rate (bps)
(5)
(25)
 
5
19
(9)
 
(10)
(7)
 
1
Client assets and liabilities refers to customer deposits, lending and invested assets.
 
Barclays Investment Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
Income statement information
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Net interest income
334
297
 
284
282
268
197
 
282
397
Net trading income
1,906
2,416
 
1,262
1,512
1,485
1,982
 
757
1,497
Net fee, commission and other income
1,067
1,160
 
1,061
1,057
1,266
1,149
 
998
792
Total income
3,307
3,873
 
2,607
2,851
3,019
3,328
 
2,037
2,686
Operating costs
(1,932)
(2,061)
 
(1,903)
(1,906)
(1,900)
(1,957)
 
(1,934)
(1,840)
UK regulatory levies
(27)
 
(161)
7
(33)
 
(123)
Litigation and conduct
(8)
(3)
 
(26)
(17)
(3)
(9)
 
(2)
6
Total operating expenses
(1,940)
(2,091)
 
(2,090)
(1,916)
(1,903)
(1,999)
 
(2,059)
(1,834)
Other net (expenses)/income
 
 
(1)
2
Profit/(loss) before impairment
1,367
1,782
 
517
935
1,116
1,329
 
(23)
854
Credit impairment (charges)/releases
(67)
(72)
 
(46)
(43)
(44)
10
 
(23)
23
Profit/(loss) before tax
1,300
1,710
 
471
892
1,072
1,339
 
(46)
877
Attributable profit/(loss)
876
1,199
 
247
652
715
899
 
(149)
580
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet information
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
66.8
68.6
 
69.7
64.5
66.6
64.6
 
62.7
62.3
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost
7.1
7.4
 
6.8
6.7
6.6
7.6
 
7.3
9.5
Debt securities at amortised cost
52.4
53.1
 
47.9
44.8
41.7
40.4
 
38.9
36.3
Loans and advances at amortised cost
126.3
129.1
 
124.4
116.0
114.9
112.6
 
108.9
108.1
Trading portfolio assets
186.1
185.5
 
166.1
185.8
197.2
195.3
 
174.5
155.3
Derivative financial instrument assets
279.0
253.6
 
291.6
256.7
251.4
248.9
 
255.1
280.4
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement
215.2
209.5
 
190.4
210.8
211.7
225.1
 
202.5
237.2
Cash collateral and settlement balances
145.0
148.8
 
111.1
134.7
139.8
129.8
 
102.3
134.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits at amortised cost
148.7
148.9
 
140.5
139.8
151.3
151.1
 
132.7
154.2
Derivative financial instrument liabilities
265.1
245.1
 
279.0
249.4
241.8
241.5
 
249.7
268.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk weighted assets
196.4
195.9
 
198.8
194.2
203.3
200.4
 
197.3
201.1
Period end allocated tangible equity
28.7
28.9
 
29.3
28.4
29.7
29.6
 
29.0
29.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance measures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
12.2%
16.2 %
 
3.4 %
8.8 %
9.6%
12.0 %
 
(2.1)%
8.0%
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn)
28.7
29.6
 
29.3
29.5
29.9
30.0
 
28.9
28.8
Cost: income ratio
59%
54%
 
80%
67%
63%
60%
 
101%
68%
Loan loss rate (bps)
21
23
 
15
15
15
(4)
 
8
(8)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Analysis of total income
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
FICC
1,450
1,699
 
934
1,180
1,149
1,404
 
724
1,147
Equities
870
963
 
604
692
696
883
 
431
675
Global Markets
2,320
2,662
 
1,538
1,872
1,845
2,287
 
1,155
1,822
Advisory
123
143
 
189
186
138
148
 
171
80
Equity capital markets
81
70
 
98
64
121
68
 
38
62
Debt capital markets
364
431
 
327
344
420
401
 
301
233
Banking Fees and Underwriting
568
644
 
614
594
679
617
 
510
375
Corporate lending
(4)
156
 
45
(21)
87
42
 
(23)
103
Transaction banking
423
411
 
410
406
408
382
 
395
386
International Corporate Banking
419
567
 
455
385
495
424
 
372
489
Investment Banking
987
1,211
 
1,069
979
1,174
1,041
 
882
864
Total income
3,307
3,873
 
2,607
2,851
3,019
3,328
 
2,037
2,686
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
Income statement information
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Net interest income
640
678
 
678
647
646
688
 
686
662
Net fee, commission, trading and other income
183
186
 
179
144
173
171
 
180
147
Total income
823
864
 
857
791
819
859
 
866
809
Operating costs
(396)
(407)
 
(433)
(384)
(408)
(387)
 
(418)
(404)
UK regulatory levies
 
 
Litigation and conduct
(3)
 
(9)
(2)
(3)
 
(2)
Total operating expenses
(396)
(410)
 
(433)
(393)
(410)
(390)
 
(420)
(404)
Other net income
 
 
Profit before impairment
427
454
 
424
398
409
469
 
446
405
Credit impairment charges
(312)
(399)
 
(298)
(276)
(309)
(410)
 
(449)
(404)
Profit/(loss) before tax
115
55
 
126
122
100
59
 
(3)
1
Attributable profit/(loss)
87
41
 
94
89
75
44
 
(3)
3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet information
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
18.2
18.8
 
20.0
23.2
24.3
23.6
 
24.2
24.3
Deposits at amortised cost
22.5
23.8
 
23.3
19.4
20.0
20.3
 
19.7
19.3
Risk weighted assets
24.7
25.6
 
26.8
23.2
24.4
23.9
 
24.8
24.1
Period end allocated tangible equity
3.4
3.5
 
3.7
3.2
3.3
3.3
 
3.4
3.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance measures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
10.2%
4.5%
 
11.2%
10.9%
9.2%
5.3%
 
(0.3)%
0.4%
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn)
3.4
3.6
 
3.4
3.3
3.3
3.3
 
3.3
3.1
Cost: income ratio
48%
47%
 
51%
50%
50%
46%
 
48%
50%
Loan loss rate (bps)1
456
562
 
395
411
438
610
 
636
582
Net interest margin
10.83%
10.53%
 
10.66%
10.38%
10.43%
11.12%
 
10.88%
10.88%
 
1
LLR includes held for sale portfolios to remain consistent with the treatment of impairment.
 
Head Office
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
Income statement information
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Net interest income
114
174
 
183
215
62
186
 
167
87
Net fee, commission and other income
(43)
(109)
 
(107)
(27)
(226)
8
 
28
26
Total income
71
65
 
76
188
(164)
194
 
195
113
Operating costs
(175)
(207)
 
(233)
(197)
(195)
(211)
 
(717)
(210)
UK regulatory levies
 
(9)
 
(14)
Litigation and conduct
(2)
(3)
 
(84)
(7)
1
(44)
 
1
(16)
Total operating expenses
(177)
(210)
 
(326)
(204)
(194)
(255)
 
(730)
(226)
Other net (expenses)/income
(9)
18
 
21
4
12
 
(10)
7
(Loss)/profit before impairment
(115)
(127)
 
(250)
5
(354)
(49)
 
(545)
(106)
Credit impairment (charges)/releases
(1)
(4)
 
(42)
(19)
(18)
(40)
 
(29)
20
Loss before tax
(116)
(131)
 
(292)
(14)
(372)
(89)
 
(574)
(86)
Attributable loss
(114)
(124)
 
(318)
(16)
(349)
(59)
 
(447)
(71)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet information
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Risk weighted assets
12.6
12.7
 
16.2
16.1
18.3
20.2
 
19.0
16.8
Period end allocated tangible equity
5.9
4.7
 
2.4
4.9
2.7
3.0
 
3.6
2.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance measures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn)
5.5
3.8
 
3.4
3.5
2.1
2.8
 
2.7
0.7
 
Performance Management
 
Margins and balances
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Half year ended 30.06.25
 
Half year ended 30.06.24
 
 
Net interest income
 
Average customer assets
 
Net interest margin
 
Net interest income
 
Average customer assets
 
Net interest margin
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
%
 
£m
 
£m
 
%
 
Barclays UK
 
3,677
 
208,977
 
3.55
 
3,146
 
200,599
 
3.15
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
701
 
25,044
 
5.64
 
573
 
22,454
 
5.13
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
407
14,701
 
5.58
 
362
 
13,762
 
5.29
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank1
 
1,318
 
24,897
 
10.68
 
1,334
 
24,890
 
10.78
 
Group excluding IB and Head Office1
 
6,103
 
273,619
 
4.50
 
5,415
 
261,705
 
4.16
 
Barclays Investment Bank
 
631
 
 
 
465
 
 
 
Head Office
 
288
 
 
 
248
 
 
 
Barclays Group Net interest income
 
7,022
 
 
 
6,128
 
 
 
The Group excluding IB and Head Office Net interest margin increased by 34bps from 4.16% in H124 to 4.50% in H125, due to continued structural hedge momentum, and the impact from the acquisition of Tesco Bank, partially offset by retail deposit dynamics.
 
Quarterly analysis
 
 
 
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Net interest income
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Barclays UK
 
1,855
1,822
 
1,815
 
1,666
 
1,597
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
359
342
 
324
 
309
 
296
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
203
204
 
216
 
189
 
187
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
640
678
 
678
 
647
 
646
 
Group excluding IB and Head Office
 
3,057
3,046
 
3,033
 
2,811
 
2,726
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average customer assets
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Barclays UK
 
209,649
208,305
 
204,793
 
198,616
 
199,529
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
25,478
24,605
 
23,450
 
23,049
 
22,474
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
14,729
14,674
 
14,381
 
14,061
 
13,931
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank1
 
23,713
26,106
 
25,314
 
24,798
 
24,899
 
Group excluding IB and Head Office
 
273,569
273,690
 
267,938
 
260,524
 
260,833
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest margin
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
Barclays UK
 
3.55
 
3.55
 
3.53
 
3.34
 
3.22
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
5.65
 
5.64
 
5.50
 
5.33
 
5.30
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
5.53
 
5.64
 
5.98
 
5.35
 
5.40
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
10.83
 
10.53
 
10.66
 
10.38
 
10.43
 
Group excluding IB and Head Office
 
4.48
 
4.51
 
4.50
 
4.29
 
4.20
 
 
1
Includes average customer asset balances classified as held for sale.
 
Structural hedge
 
The Group employs a structural hedge programme designed to stabilise NIM on fixed rate non-maturity balance sheet items that are behaviourally stable. As interest rates move, such balances would otherwise drive material income volatility where there is a re-pricing mismatch with floating rate assets.
 
The structural hedge predominantly covers non-interest-bearing current accounts and the fixed portion of instant access savings accounts as well as equity, which are invested into either floating rate customer assets or balances at central banks, creating an exposure to changes in interest rates. The structural hedge is executed via a portfolio of receive-fixed, pay variable interest rate swaps, with an amortising structure so that a small portion matures and is reinvested each month at prevailing market rates. The pay-floating leg of the interest rate swaps nets down a proportion of the receive-floating income from the customer assets, leaving a receive-fixed income stream from the structural hedge.
 
The purpose of the structural hedge is to smooth the Group NII through time. The floating leg of the swap will re-price immediately, whereas the fixed rate yield on the portfolio reprices gradually, as a portion of the swap portfolio matures and the roll is re-invested onto new market rates.
 
When interest rates are higher than our structural hedge yield, the pay-floating rate will typically be higher than our average receive-fixed rate. In this scenario, when viewed in isolation, the structural hedge will be a net drag to Group NII. When floating rates are lower than our structural hedge yield, the hedge in isolation will be a net benefit.
 
Since the receive-fixed swaps are booked for a specific term, an element of NII is ‘locked in’. The income stabilising feature of the structural hedge provides greater net interest income certainty through the interest rate cycle.
 
The structural hedge is one component of a larger portfolio of interest rate risk management activities that includes non-structural hedging (e.g. pay-fixed and receive-variable flows for asset hedging), and other offsetting flows. The net risk of these positions is executed externally through interest rate swaps and managed for accounting risk (i.e. income volatility arising from the accounting mismatch of swaps at fair value through profit and loss and underlying hedged items at amortised cost) within the cash flow hedge reserve.
 
Overall the Group has external derivatives designated as cash flow hedges that hedge interest rate risk with a notional £112.5bn (December 2024: £105.6bn) which reflects the structural hedge notional of £232.4bn (December 2024: £232.3bn) netted with non-structural hedging positions of £119.9bn (December 2024: £126.7bn). The majority of these interest rate swaps are cleared with Central Clearing Counterparties and margined daily with an average structural hedge duration of 3 years.
 
Gross structural hedge contributions were £2,778m (H124: £2,222m). Gross structural hedge contributions represent the absolute interest income earned on the fixed legs of the swaps in the structural hedge as the floating leg is offset by the base rate funding of the deposits.
 
Risk Management
 
Risk management and principal risks
 
The roles and responsibilities across the Group, including Risk and Compliance, in the management of risk are defined in the Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF). The purpose of the ERMF is to identify the principal risks of the Group, the process by which the Group sets its appetite for these risks in its business activities, and the consequent limits which it places on related risk taking.
 
The ERMF identifies ten principal risks: credit risk, market risk, treasury and capital risk, climate risk, operational risk, model risk, compliance risk, financial crime risk, reputation risk and legal risk. Further detail on these principal risks and material existing and emerging risks and how such risks are managed is available in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2024, which can be accessed at home.barclays/annualreport. There have been no significant changes to these principal risks or previously identified material existing and emerging risks in the period and these risks are expected to be relevant for the remaining six months of this year.
The following sections give an overview of credit risk, market risk, and treasury and capital risk for the period.
 
Credit Risk
 
Loans and advances at amortised cost by geography
 
Total loans and advances at amortised cost in the credit risk section includes loans and advances at amortised cost to banks and loans and advances at amortised cost to customers.
The table below presents a product and geographical breakdown of loans and advances at amortised cost and the impairment allowance by stage; and includes purchased or originated credit-impaired (POCI) balances. POCI balances represent a fixed pool of assets purchased at a deep discount to face value reflecting credit losses incurred from the point of origination to date of acquisition. The table also presents stage allocation of debt securities and off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts.
The impairment allowance under IFRS 9 considers both the drawn and the undrawn counterparty exposure. For retail portfolios, the total impairment allowance is allocated to gross loans and advances to the extent allowance does not exceed the drawn exposure and any excess is reported on the liabilities side of the balance sheet as a provision. For wholesale portfolios, impairment allowance on undrawn exposure is reported on the liability side of the balance sheet as a provision.
 
 
Gross exposure
 
 
Impairment allowance
 
 
Stage 1
 
Stage 2
 
Stage 3 excluding POCI
 
Stage 3 POCI
 
Total
 
 
Stage 1
 
Stage 2
 
Stage 3 excluding POCI
 
Stage 3 POCI
 
Total
 
As at 30.06.25
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Retail mortgages
151,153
17,151
1,721
170,025
 
35
59
64
158
Retail credit cards
13,793
2,401
233
28
16,455
 
160
441
136
737
Retail other
10,001
1,433
272
14
11,720
 
99
151
182
432
Corporate loans1
53,565
7,247
1,723
62,535
 
135
215
418
768
Total UK
228,512
28,232
3,949
42
260,735
 
429
866
800
2,095
Retail mortgages
1,708
74
163
1,945
 
2
20
22
Retail credit cards
15,975
2,663
1,615
20,253
 
297
751
1,323
2,371
Retail other
2,244
167
130
2,541
 
4
2
17
23
Corporate loans
62,334
3,704
1,262
67,300
 
81
141
213
435
Total Rest of the World
82,261
6,608
3,170
92,039
 
384
894
1,573
2,851
Total loans and advances at amortised cost
310,773
34,840
7,119
42
352,774
 
813
1,760
2,373
4,946
Debt securities at amortised cost
69,252
708
69,960
 
12
12
24
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt securities
380,025
35,548
7,119
42
422,734
 
825
1,772
2,373
4,970
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts2
398,675
17,054
943
5
416,677
 
164
239
22
425
Total3,4
778,700
52,602
8,062
47
839,411
 
989
2,011
2,395
5,395
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net exposure
 
 
Coverage ratio
 
 
Stage 1
 
Stage 2
 
Stage 3 excluding POCI
 
Stage 3 POCI
 
Total
 
 
Stage 1
 
Stage 2
 
Stage 3 excluding POCI
 
Stage 3 POCI
 
Total
 
As at 30.06.25
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
Retail mortgages
151,118
17,092
1,657
169,867
 
0.3
3.7
0.1
Retail credit cards
13,633
1,960
97
28
15,718
 
1.2
18.4
58.4
4.5
Retail other
9,902
1,282
90
14
11,288
 
1.0
10.5
66.9
3.7
Corporate loans1
53,430
7,032
1,305
61,767
 
0.3
3.0
24.3
1.2
Total UK
228,083
27,366
3,149
42
258,640
 
0.2
3.1
20.3
0.8
Retail mortgages
1,706
74
143
1,923
 
0.1
12.3
1.1
Retail credit cards
15,678
1,912
292
17,882
 
1.9
28.2
81.9
11.7
Retail other
2,240
165
113
2,518
 
0.2
1.2
13.1
0.9
Corporate loans
62,253
3,563
1,049
66,865
 
0.1
3.8
16.9
0.6
Total Rest of the World
81,877
5,714
1,597
89,188
 
0.5
13.5
49.6
3.1
Total loans and advances at amortised cost
309,960
33,080
4,746
42
347,828
 
0.3
5.1
33.3
1.4
Debt securities at amortised cost
69,240
696
69,936
 
1.7
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt securities
379,200
33,776
4,746
42
417,764
 
0.2
5.0
33.3
1.2
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts2
398,511
16,815
921
5
416,252
 
1.4
2.3
0.1
Total3,4
777,711
50,591
5,667
47
834,016
 
0.1
3.8
29.7
0.6
 
1
Includes Business Banking, which has a gross exposure of £12.7bn and an impairment allowance of £346m. This comprises £61m impairment allowance on £8.8bn Stage 1 exposure, £62m on £2.8bn Stage 2 exposure and £223m on £1.1bn Stage 3 exposure. Excluding this, total coverage for corporate loans in UK is 0.8%.
2
Excludes loan commitments and financial guarantees of £18.8bn carried at fair value.
3
Other financial assets subject to impairment excluded in the table above include cash collateral and settlement balances, reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and other assets. These have a total gross exposure of £239.2bn and an impairment allowance of £150m. This comprises £23m impairment allowance on £238.2bn Stage 1 exposure, £4m on £0.9bn Stage 2 exposure and £123m on £128m Stage 3 exposure.
4
The annualised loan loss rate is 52bps after applying the total impairment charge of £1,112m.

 
 
Gross exposure
 
 
Impairment allowance
 
 
Stage 1
 
Stage 2
 
Stage 3 excluding POCI
 
Stage 3 POCI
 
Total
 
 
Stage 1
 
Stage 2
 
Stage 3 excluding POCI
 
Stage 3 POCI
 
Total
 
As at 31.12.24
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Retail mortgages
145,039
19,507
1,793
166,339
 
36
61
61
158
Retail credit cards
13,497
2,064
179
40
15,780
 
219
440
91
750
Retail other
10,606
1,218
257
17
12,098
 
135
110
138
383
Corporate loans1
52,284
7,266
2,171
61,721
 
133
196
420
749
Total UK
221,426
30,055
4,400
57
255,938
 
523
807
710
2,040
Retail mortgages
1,651
89
169
1,909
 
2
1
26
29
Retail credit cards
17,629
2,953
1,724
22,306
 
334
807
1,416
2,557
Retail other
1,844
155
121
2,120
 
3
1
23
27
Corporate loans
64,224
3,901
945
69,070
 
76
135
206
417
Total Rest of the World
85,348
7,098
2,959
95,405
 
415
944
1,671
3,030
Total loans and advances at amortised cost
306,774
37,153
7,359
57
351,343
 
938
1,751
2,381
5,070
Debt securities at amortised cost
64,988
3,245
68,233
 
12
11
23
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt securities
371,762
40,398
7,359
57
419,576
 
950
1,762
2,381
5,093
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts2
412,255
18,728
1,168
6
432,157
 
164
250
25
439
Total3,4
784,017
59,126
8,527
63
851,733
 
1,114
2,012
2,406
5,532
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net exposure
 
 
Coverage ratio
 
 
Stage 1
 
Stage 2
 
Stage 3 excluding POCI
 
Stage 3 POCI
 
Total
 
 
Stage 1
 
Stage 2
 
Stage 3 excluding POCI
 
Stage 3 POCI
 
Total
 
As at 31.12.24
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
Retail mortgages
145,003
19,446
1,732
166,181
 
0.3
3.4
0.1
Retail credit cards
13,278
1,624
88
40
15,030
 
1.6
21.3
50.8
4.8
Retail other
10,471
1,108
119
17
11,715
 
1.3
9.0
53.7
3.2
Corporate loans1
52,151
7,070
1,751
60,972
 
0.3
2.7
19.3
1.2
Total UK
220,903
29,248
3,690
57
253,898
 
0.2
2.7
16.1
0.8
Retail mortgages
1,649
88
143
1,880
 
0.1
1.1
15.4
1.5
Retail credit cards
17,295
2,146
308
19,749
 
1.9
27.3
82.1
11.5
Retail other
1,841
154
98
2,093
 
0.2
0.6
19.0
1.3
Corporate loans
64,148
3,766
739
68,653
 
0.1
3.5
21.8
0.6
Total Rest of the World
84,933
6,154
1,288
92,375
 
0.5
13.3
56.5
3.2
Total loans and advances at amortised cost
305,836
35,402
4,978
57
346,273
 
0.3
4.7
32.4
1.4
Debt securities at amortised cost
64,976
3,234
68,210
 
0.3
Total loans and advances at amortised cost including debt securities
370,812
38,636
4,978
57
414,483
 
0.3
4.4
32.4
1.2
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts2
412,091
18,478
1,143
6
431,718
 
1.3
2.1
0.1
Total3,4
782,903
57,114
6,121
63
846,201
 
0.1
3.4
28.2
0.6
 
1
Includes Business Banking, which has a gross exposure of £13.1bn and an impairment allowance of £356m. This comprises £60m impairment allowance on £8.9bn Stage 1 exposure, £60m on £2.8bn Stage 2 exposure and £236m on £1.5bn Stage 3 exposure. Excluding this, total coverage for corporate loans in UK is 0.8%.
2
Excludes loan commitments and financial guarantees of £16.3bn carried at fair value and includes exposures relating to financial assets classified as assets held for sale.
3
Other financial assets subject to impairment excluded in the table above include cash collateral and settlement balances, reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and other assets. These have a total gross exposure of £204.2bn and an impairment allowance of £156m. This comprises £19m impairment allowance on £202.7bn Stage 1 exposure, £7m on £1.3bn Stage 2 exposure and £130m on £139m Stage 3 exposure.
4
The annualised loan loss rate is 46bps after applying the total impairment charge of £1,982m.
 
Loans and advances at amortised cost by product
 
The table below presents a product breakdown by stages of loans and advances at amortised cost. Also included is a breakdown of Stage 2 past due balances.
 
 
 
Stage 2
 
 
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
Stage 1
 
Not past due
 
<=30 days past due
 
>30 days past due
 
Total
 
Stage 3 excluding POCI
 
Stage 3 POCI
 
Total
 
Gross exposure
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Retail mortgages
 
152,861
14,293
2,149
783
17,225
1,884
171,970
Retail credit cards
 
29,768
4,518
292
254
5,064
1,848
28
36,708
Retail other
 
12,245
1,337
187
76
1,600
402
14
14,261
Corporate loans
 
115,899
10,778
79
94
10,951
2,985
129,835
Total
310,773
30,926
2,707
1,207
34,840
7,119
42
352,774
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
37
29
17
13
59
84
180
Retail credit cards
 
457
940
111
141
1,192
1,459
3,108
Retail other
 
103
104
24
25
153
199
455
Corporate loans
 
216
343
5
8
356
631
1,203
Total
813
1,416
157
187
1,760
2,373
4,946
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net exposure
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
152,824
14,264
2,132
770
17,166
1,800
171,790
Retail credit cards
 
29,311
3,578
181
113
3,872
389
28
33,600
Retail other
 
12,142
1,233
163
51
1,447
203
14
13,806
Corporate loans
 
115,683
10,435
74
86
10,595
2,354
128,632
Total
309,960
29,510
2,550
1,020
33,080
4,746
42
347,828
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Coverage ratio
 
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Retail mortgages
 
0.2
0.8
1.7
0.3
4.5
0.1
Retail credit cards
 
1.5
20.8
38.0
55.5
23.5
79.0
8.5
Retail other
 
0.8
7.8
12.8
32.9
9.6
49.5
3.2
Corporate loans
 
0.2
3.2
6.3
8.5
3.3
21.1
0.9
Total
0.3
4.6
5.8
15.5
5.1
33.3
1.4
 
 
As at 31.12.24
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross exposure
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Retail mortgages
 
146,690
16,790
2,034
772
19,596
1,962
168,248
Retail credit cards
 
31,126
4,435
303
279
5,017
1,903
40
38,086
Retail other
 
12,450
1,056
211
106
1,373
378
17
14,218
Corporate loans
 
116,508
10,849
144
174
11,167
3,116
130,791
Total
306,774
33,130
2,692
1,331
37,153
7,359
57
351,343
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
38
42
13
7
62
87
187
Retail credit cards
 
553
959
122
166
1,247
1,507
3,307
Retail other
 
138
76
17
18
111
161
410
Corporate loans
 
209
316
7
8
331
626
1,166
Total
938
1,393
159
199
1,751
2,381
5,070
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net exposure
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
146,652
16,748
2,021
765
19,534
1,875
168,061
Retail credit cards
 
30,573
3,476
181
113
3,770
396
40
34,779
Retail other
 
12,312
980
194
88
1,262
217
17
13,808
Corporate loans
 
116,299
10,533
137
166
10,836
2,490
129,625
Total
305,836
31,737
2,533
1,132
35,402
4,978
57
346,273
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Coverage ratio
 
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Retail mortgages
 
0.3
0.6
0.9
0.3
4.4
0.1
Retail credit cards
 
1.8
21.6
40.3
59.5
24.9
79.2
8.7
Retail other
 
1.1
7.2
8.1
17.0
8.1
42.6
2.9
Corporate loans
 
0.2
2.9
4.9
4.6
3.0
20.1
0.9
Total
0.3
4.2
5.9
15.0
4.7
32.4
1.4
 
Movement in gross exposures and impairment allowance including provisions for loan commitments and financial guarantees
 
The following tables present a reconciliation of the opening to the closing balance of the gross exposure and impairment allowance.
 
Transfers between stages in the tables have been reflected as if they had taken place at the beginning of the period. 'Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movements due to exposure and risk parameter changes' includes additional drawdowns and partial repayments from existing facilities. Additionally, the below tables do not include other financial assets subject to impairment such as debt securities at amortised cost, reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending, cash collateral and settlement balances, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and other assets.
 
The movements are measured over a six-month period.
 
Loans and advances at amortised cost
 
Stage 1
 
Stage 2
 
Stage 3 excluding POCI
 
Stage 3 POCI
 
Total
 
 
Gross exposure
 
ECL
 
Gross exposure
 
ECL
 
Gross exposure
 
ECL
 
Gross exposure
 
ECL
 
Gross exposure
 
ECL
 
Retail mortgages
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
As at 1 January 2025
146,690
38
19,596
62
1,962
87
168,248
187
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2
(5,409)
(2)
5,409
2
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1
6,592
21
(6,592)
(21)
Transfers to Stage 3
(153)
(255)
(4)
408
4
Transfers from Stage 3
79
2
155
1
(234)
(3)
Business activity in the period
15,180
6
385
2
26
15,591
8
Refinements to models used for calculation
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes
(3,839)
(26)
(563)
21
(63)
23
(4,465)
18
Final repayments
(6,279)
(2)
(909)
(3)
(193)
(9)
(7,381)
(14)
Disposals1s
(1)
(1)
(9)
(5)
(10)
(6)
Write-offs
(13)
(13)
(13)
(13)
As at 30 June 2025
152,861
37
17,225
59
1,884
84
171,970
180
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail credit cards
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 January 2025
31,126
553
5,017
1,247
1,903
1,507
40
38,086
3,307
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2
(2,065)
(59)
2,065
59
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1
1,488
306
(1,488)
(306)
Transfers to Stage 3
(298)
(12)
(636)
(272)
934
284
Transfers from Stage 3
12
6
15
6
(27)
(12)
Business activity in the period
1,951
31
171
38
1
1
2,123
70
Refinements to models used for calculation2
14
(47)
1
(32)
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes
(2,310)
(377)
(69)
469
(200)
385
(12)
(2,591)
477
Final repayments
(136)
(5)
(11)
(2)
(2)
(1)
(149)
(8)
Disposals1
(245)
(190)
(245)
(190)
Write-offs
(516)
(516)
(516)
(516)
As at 30 June 2025
29,768
457
5,064
1,192
1,848
1,459
28
36,708
3,108
 
1
The £10m of gross disposals reported within Retail mortgages relate to sale of the Italian mortgage loans. The £245m of gross disposals reported within Retail credit cards relate to debt sales undertaken during the period.
2
Refinements to models used for calculation reported within Retail credit cards include a £(32)m movement in the calculated ECL for the US Cards portfolio. These reflect model enhancements made during the period. Barclays continually reviews the output of models to determine accuracy of the ECL calculation including review of model monitoring, external benchmarking and experience of model operation over an extended period of time. This helps to ensure that the models used continue to reflect the risks inherent across the businesses.
 
Loans and advances at amortised cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stage 1
 
Stage 2
 
Stage 3 excluding POCI
 
Stage 3 POCI
 
Total
 
 
Gross exposure
 
ECL
 
Gross exposure
 
ECL
 
Gross exposure
 
ECL
 
Gross exposure
 
ECL
 
Gross exposure
 
ECL
 
Retail other
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
As at 1 January 2025
12,450
138
1,373
111
378
161
17
14,218
410
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2
(757)
(12)
757
12
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1
309
20
(309)
(20)
Transfers to Stage 3
(85)
(1)
(84)
(22)
169
23
Transfers from Stage 3
23
1
3
2
(26)
(3)
Business activity in the period
2,969
23
180
19
11
4
3,160
46
Refinements to models used for calculation
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes
(615)
(54)
(30)
54
67
98
(3)
(581)
98
Final repayments
(2,049)
(12)
(290)
(3)
(119)
(12)
(2,458)
(27)
Disposals1
(21)
(15)
(21)
(15)
Write-offs
(57)
(57)
(57)
(57)
As at 30 June 2025
12,245
103
1,600
153
402
199
14
14,261
455
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 January 2025
116,508
209
11,167
331
3,116
626
130,791
1,166
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2
(3,210)
(17)
3,210
17
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1
2,156
46
(2,156)
(46)
Transfers to Stage 3
(374)
(2)
(461)
(25)
835
27
Transfers from Stage 3
207
10
220
10
(427)
(20)
Business activity in the period
16,320
26
1,290
27
373
25
17,983
78
Refinements to models used for calculation2
(8)
(6)
(14)
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes3
181
(33)
(732)
86
(370)
199
(921)
252
Final repayments
(15,888)
(14)
(1,585)
(36)
(260)
(44)
(17,733)
(94)
Disposals1
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(121)
(21)
(124)
(24)
Write-offs
(161)
(161)
(161)
(161)
As at 30 June 2025
115,899
216
10,951
356
2,985
631
129,835
1,203
 
1
The £21m of gross disposals reported within Retail other and £124m of gross disposals reported within Corporate loans relate to debt sales undertaken during the period.
2
Refinements to models used for calculation reported within Corporate loans include a £(14)m movement in the calculated ECL for the IB portfolio. These reflect model enhancements made during the period. Barclays continually reviews the output of models to determine accuracy of the ECL calculation including review of model monitoring, external benchmarking and experience of model operation over an extended period of time. This helps to ensure that the models used continue to reflect the risks inherent across the businesses.
3
'Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movements due to exposure and risk parameter changes' reported within Corporate loans includes assets of £0.2bn de-recognised due to payment received on defaulted loans from government guarantees issued under the Government’s Bounce Back Loan Scheme.
 
Reconciliation of ECL movement to impairment charge/(release) for the period
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stage 1
 
Stage 2
 
Stage 3 excluding POCI
 
Stage 3 POCI
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Retail mortgages
(1)
 
(2)
 
15
 
 
12
Retail credit cards
(96)
(55)
658
 
 
507
Retail other
(35)
42
110
 
 
117
Corporate loans
8
27
187
 
 
222
ECL movements excluding disposals and write-offs1
(124)
12
970
858
ECL movement on loan commitments and other financial guarantees
(11)
(3)
(14)
ECL movement on other financial assets
4
(3)
(7)
 
(6)
ECL movement on debt securities at amortised cost
1
1
Recoveries and reimbursements2
(4)
(20)
(77)
(101)
ECL charge on assets held for sale3
 
 
 
 
105
Total exchange and other adjustments
 
 
 
 
269
Total income statement charge for the period
 
 
 
 
1,112
 
 
1
In H125, gross write-offs amounted to £747m (H124: £760m) and post write-off recoveries amounted to £43m (H124: £38m). Net write-offs represent gross write-offs less post write-off recoveries and amounted to £704m (H124: £722m).
2
Recoveries and reimbursements include £58m (H124: £18m) for reimbursements expected to be received under the arrangement where Group has entered into financial guarantee contracts which provide credit protection over certain assets with third parties and cash recoveries of previously written off amounts of £43m(H124: £38m).
3
ECL charge on assets held for sale relate to the charges on a co-branded card portfolio in USCB and the German consumer finance business.
 
 
Loan commitments and financial guarantees1
 
Stage 1
 
Stage 2
 
Stage 3 excluding POCI
 
Stage 3 POCI
 
Total
 
 
Gross
exposure
 
ECL
 
Gross
exposure
 
ECL
 
Gross
exposure
 
ECL
 
Gross
exposure
 
ECL
 
Gross
exposure
 
ECL
 
Retail mortgages
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
As at 1 January 2025
11,093
340
2
11,435
Net transfers between stages
(22)
20
2
Business activity in the period
10,082
6
10,088
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes
(8,050)
(27)
(2)
(8,079)
Limit management and final repayments
(171)
(19)
(1)
(191)
As at 30 June 2025
12,932
314
7
13,253
Retail credit cards
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 January 2025
162,471
53
2,515
13
122
6
165,114
66
Net transfers between stages
(2,001)
10
1,977
(10)
24
Business activity in the period
9,162
11
136
2
9,298
13
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes
(7,840)
(16)
(1,284)
14
(26)
(1)
(9,151)
(2)
Limit management and final repayments
(6,172)
(5)
(122)
(5)
(11)
(6,305)
(10)
Disposals2
(5,203)
(217)
(10)
(5,430)
As at 30 June 2025
150,417
53
3,005
14
99
5
153,526
67
Retail other
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 January 2025
8,416
6
440
25
8,881
6
Net transfers between stages
(10)
10
Business activity in the period
364
6
370
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes
(126)
(3)
(14)
(7)
(147)
(3)
Limit management and final repayments
(573)
(25)
(3)
(601)
Disposals2
(743)
(30)
(1)
(774)
 As at 30 June 2025
7,328
3
381
20
7,729
3
Corporate loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 January 2025
230,275
105
15,433
237
1,019
25
246,727
367
Net transfers between stages
(77)
23
(77)
(22)
154
(1)
Business activity in the period
52,278
23
1,166
31
68
53,512
54
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes
(4,520)
(29)
(1,182)
17
(261)
(5,963)
(12)
Limit management and final repayments
(49,958)
(14)
(1,986)
(38)
(163)
(2)
(52,107)
(54)
As at 30 June 2025
227,998
108
13,354
225
817
22
242,169
355
 
1
Loan commitments reported also include financial assets classified as held for sale.
2
The gross disposals reported within Retail credit card and Retail other relate to the German consumer finance business; sale of which was completed in Q125.
 
Management adjustments to models for impairment
 
 
Management adjustments to impairment models are applied in order to factor in certain conditions or changes in policy that are not fully incorporated into the impairment models, or to reflect additional facts and circumstances at the period end. Management adjustments are reviewed and incorporated into future model development where applicable.
 
Management adjustments are captured through “Economic uncertainty” and “Other” adjustments, and are presented by product and geography below:
 
Management adjustments to models for impairment allowance presented by product and geography1
 
 
Impairment allowance pre management adjustments2
 
Economic uncertainty adjustments
 
Other adjustments
 
Management adjustments3
 
Total impairment allowance4
 
Proportion of Management adjustments to Total impairment allowance
 
 
 
(a)
 
(b)
 
(a+b)
 
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
%
 
Retail mortgages
 
50
 
36
 
72
 
108
 
158
 
68.4
 
Retail credit cards
 
883
(127)
(127)
756
(16.8)
Retail other
 
350
84
84
434
19.4
 
Corporate loans
 
767
43
40
83
850
9.8
 
Total UK
 
2,050
79
69
148
2,198
6.7
Retail mortgages
 
22
 
 
 
 
22
 
 
Retail credit cards5
 
2,389
30
30
2,419
1.2
Retail other
 
24
24
 
Corporate loans5
 
719
44
(55)
(11)
708
(1.6)
 
Total Rest of the World
 
3,154
74
(55)
19
3,173
0.6
Total
 
5,204
153
14
167
5,371
3.1
Debt securities at amortised cost
 
23
1
1
24
4.2
 
Total including debt securities at amortised cost
 
5,227
154
14
168
5,395
3.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 31.12.24
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
%
 
Retail mortgages
 
51
36
71
107
158
67.7
Retail credit cards
 
787
(22)
(22)
765
(2.9)
Retail other
 
298
90
90
388
23.2
Corporate loans
 
759
42
39
81
840
9.6
Total UK
 
1,895
78
178
256
2,151
11.9
Retail mortgages
 
29
29
Retail credit cards
 
2,631
(23)
(23)
2,608
(0.9)
Retail other
 
24
4
4
28
14.3
Corporate loans
 
695
(2)
(2)
693
(0.3)
Total Rest of the World
 
3,379
(21)
(21)
3,358
(0.6)
Total
 
5,274
78
157
235
5,509
4.3
Debt securities at amortised cost
 
30
(7)
(7)
23
(30.4)
Total including debt securities at amortised cost
 
5,304
78
150
228
5,532
4.1
 
Economic uncertainty adjustments presented by stage
 
 
Stage 1
 
Stage 2
 
Stage 3
 
Total
 
As at 30.06.25
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Retail mortgages
 
7
 
18
 
11
 
36
 
Retail credit cards
 
Retail other
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate loans
 
25
 
12
 
6
 
43
 
Total UK
 
32
30
17
79
Retail mortgages
 
Retail credit cards
 
30
30
Retail other
 
Corporate loans
 
13
31
44
Total Rest of the World
 
13
61
74
Total
 
45
 
91
 
17
 
153
 
Debt securities at amortised cost
 
1
 
 
1
Total including debt securities at amortised cost
 
46
91
17
154
 
As at 31.12.24
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Retail mortgages
 
7
18
11
36
Retail credit cards
 
Retail other
 
Corporate loans
 
26
10
6
42
Total UK
 
33
28
17
78
Retail mortgages
 
Retail credit cards
 
Retail other
 
Corporate loans
 
Total Rest of the World
 
Total
 
33
28
17
78
Debt securities at amortised cost
 
Total including debt securities at amortised cost
 
33
28
17
78
 
1
Positive values reflect an increase in impairment allowance and negative values reflect a reduction in the impairment allowance.
2
Includes £4.5bn (December 2024: £4.7bn) of modelled ECL, £0.5bn (December 2024: £0.5bn) of individually assessed impairments, £(0.2)bn (December 2024: £(0.3)bn) of ECL from assets held for sale (co-branded card portfolio) and £0.4bn (December 2024: £0.4bn) of ECL from non-modelled exposures and debt securities.
3
Management adjustments related to other financial assets subject to impairment not included in the table above include cash collateral and settlement balances £nil (December 2024: £(1)m), reverse repurchase agreements £1m (December 2024: £(2)m) and financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income £nil (December 2024: £(2)m) within the IB portfolio.
4
Total impairment allowance consists of ECL stock on drawn and undrawn exposure.
5
Economic uncertainty adjustment of £87m is split £36m in USCB (including £6m in HFS) and £51m in IB, primarily reported within Corporate loans (ROW).
 
Economic uncertainty adjustments
 
Economic uncertainty adjustments continue to be captured in two ways. Firstly, customer uncertainty: the identification of customers and clients who may be more vulnerable to economic instability; and secondly, model uncertainty: to capture the impact from model limitations and sensitivities to specific macroeconomic parameters which are applied at a portfolio level.
 
The Group continues to monitor the heightened uncertainty in the near-term macroeconomic outlook, especially in the US. The broadening range of outcomes coupled with volatile geopolitical scenarios suggest that a greater weighting than that used in the modelled ECL output should be applied to the Group's Downside scenarios to reflect the macroeconomic uncertainty. In response, an uncertainty PMA of £87m (£70m net of SRT credit protection) has been introduced during the year. This adjustment reflects a point in time impact based on the balance sheet as at 30 June 2025 for the uncertainty around macroeconomic variables. It does not factor in future changes in customer utilisation or management actions the Group might take to mitigate credit risk.
 
The total economic uncertainty adjustments as at 30 June 2025 is £154m (December 2024: £78m) and primarily includes:
 
Customer and client uncertainty provisions of £128m (December 2024: £53m):
 
Retail mortgages (UK) £11m (December 2024: £11m): This adjustment reflects the risk of borrowers refinancing onto higher rates in the medium-term
 
Retail credit cards (ROW) £30m (December 2024: £nil): This adjustment is introduced during the year to provide for the elevated US macroeconomic uncertainty
 
Corporate loans:
-
UK £43m (December 2024: £42m): This adjustment reflects the possible cross default risk on Barclays’ lending in respect of clients who have taken bounce back loans
-
ROW £44m (December 2024: £nil): This adjustment is introduced during the year to provide for the elevated US macroeconomic uncertainty
 
Model uncertainty provisions of £25m (December 2024: £25m):
 
Retail mortgages (UK) £25m (December 2024: £25m): This adjustment remediates the higher recovery expectations impacted by model over-sensitivity to certain macroeconomic variables
 
Other adjustments
 
 
Other adjustments are operational in nature and are expected to remain in place until they can be reflected in the underlying models. These adjustments result from data limitations and model performance related issues identified through model monitoring and other established governance processes.
 
Total other adjustments of £14m (December 2024: £150m) includes:
 
Adjustments for definition of default under the Capital Requirements Regulation and model monitoring across products; and a recalibration adjustment to correct for Probability of Default (PD) over-prediction in Retail credit cards (UK) and Corporate loans (ROW).
 
Retail mortgages (UK) £72m (December 2024: £71m): The adjustments remain broadly stable
 
Retail credit cards (UK) £(127)m (December 2024: £(22)m): The movement is primarily driven by a recalibration adjustment to correct for PD over-prediction driven by resilient customer behaviour, underpinned by model monitoring controls
 
Retail credit cards (ROW) £nil (December 2024: £(23)m): The movement is informed by the retirement of an adjustment in the US cards portfolio for high-risk account management (HRAM) accounts following model remediation during the year
 
Retail other (UK) £84m (December 2024: £90m): The adjustments remain broadly stable
 
Corporate loans (UK) £40m (December 2024: £39m): The adjustments remain broadly stable
 
Corporate loans (ROW) £(55)m (December 2024: £(2)m): The movement is driven by a recalibration adjustment to correct for PD over-prediction driven by resilient customer behaviour, underpinned by model monitoring controls
 
Debt securities £nil (December 2024: £(7)m): The movement is informed by the retirement of an adjustment following model remediation
 
Measurement uncertainty
 
Scenarios used to calculate the Group’s ECL charge were refreshed in Q225, with the Baseline scenario reflecting the latest consensus macroeconomic forecasts available at the time of the scenario refresh. The Baseline scenario reflects the rapidly changing trade policies and uncertainty around potential tariffs to be imposed by the US administration and responses by other governments. Global growth slows modestly as rising US tariffs and retaliatory measures disrupt trade flows, dampen business confidence, and weigh on investment, though domestic demand in advanced economies remains resilient. UK and US GDP growth in 2025 is expected to be 0.7% and 1.9%, respectively. Labour markets in major economies soften slightly amid increased uncertainty and slower export-oriented activity. However, the weakening is contained and does not rise significantly from current levels. UK and US unemployment rates peak at 4.7% and 4.6%, respectively. Central Banks continue to loosen monetary policy albeit at a faster pace than initially anticipated given tariff-induced uncertainty.
 
The Downside scenarios have been calibrated to capture an escalation of trade tensions, where tariffs imposed by the US prompt retaliation from its trading partners with adverse implications for consumer prices and investment sentiment. Large-scale deportation disrupts the US labour market, compounding downside risks to growth. In addition, global supply chains are severely disrupted as firms delay investment, reassess production locations and hoard production inputs. Imports into the US contract sharply due to higher prices and exports fall due to retaliation. The combination of trade impact and consumer uncertainty triggers a sharp recession, not only in the US but also in the UK and Europe driven by a severe decline in net exports, business sentiment and with investment and consumption plans being put on hold. The rapid fall in external demand and a retrenchment in business investment push up unemployment rates, where job losses are concentrated in trade-exposed sectors (machinery, autos, consumer durables) but also spill into services. The Fed initially holds rates steady, weighing the inflation shock against the deteriorating real economy. However, as the slowdown deepens and labour market loosens, the Fed cuts rates swiftly to stimulate aggregate demand. The Bank of England eases monetary policy amid a disinflationary environment and looser labour markets.
 
In the Upside scenarios, a rise in labour force participation and higher productivity contribute to accelerated economic growth, without creating new inflationary pressures. Central banks lower interest rates stimulating private consumption and investment growth. Demand for labour increases and unemployment rates stabilise and start falling again. As geopolitical tensions ease, low inflation supports consumer purchasing power and contributes further to healthy GDP growth. The strong economic outlook and lower interest rates provide a boost to house prices growth and support bullish financial markets.
 
The methodology for estimating scenario weights involves simulating a range of future paths for UK and US GDP using historical data with the five scenarios mapped against the distribution of these future paths. The median is centred around the Baseline with scenarios further from the Baseline attracting a lower weighting before the five weights are normalised to total 100%. The increase in the Downside 1 scenario weight was driven by the deterioration in US GDP in the Baseline scenario, bringing the Baseline scenario closer to the Downside scenarios, partially offset by the impact of the increased severity of the Downside scenarios. For further details see page 40.
 
The Group has retained the £70m (net of SRT1 credit protection) uncertainty adjustment introduced in Q125 across the US Consumer Bank and the Investment Bank businesses as heightened uncertainty persists, including tariffs and trade uncertainty and ongoing geopolitical risk; the impacts of which are yet to be observed in customer behaviour. For further details see page 36.
 
The following tables show the key macroeconomic variables used in the five scenarios (5-year annual paths) and the weights applied to each scenario.
 
1
Significant Risk Transfer (SRT) represents risk transfer transactions used to enhance risk management capabilities.
 
Macroeconomic variables used in the calculation of ECL
 
As at 30.06.25
 
2025
 
2026
 
2027
 
2028
 
2029
 
Baseline
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
UK GDP1
 
0.7
 
1.2
 
1.5
 
1.6
 
1.7
 
UK unemployment2
 
4.6
4.7
4.7
4.6
4.6
UK HPI3
 
2.1
2.3
2.3
3.5
3.9
UK bank rate6
 
4.1
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.9
US GDP1
 
1.9
1.4
2.0
2.0
2.0
US unemployment4
 
4.4
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
US HPI5
 
2.8
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
US federal funds rate6
 
4.3
3.6
3.6
3.8
3.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
Downside 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
UK GDP1
 
(0.2)
 
(3.4)
 
1.7
 
2.6
 
1.8
 
UK unemployment2
 
4.9
7.6
7.5
5.9
5.3
UK HPI3
 
(9.4)
(20.6)
1.2
18.1
10.0
UK bank rate6
 
4.0
1.4
0.2
0.8
1.5
US GDP1
 
0.9
(4.7)
(0.2)
2.3
2.3
US unemployment4
 
4.6
7.3
7.8
6.4
5.8
US HPI5
 
(1.6)
(6.6)
3.6
9.1
4.7
US federal funds rate6
 
4.5
4.1
2.4
1.4
1.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
Downside 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
UK GDP1
 
0.2
 
(1.1)
 
1.6
 
2.1
 
1.8
 
UK unemployment2
 
4.8
6.2
6.1
5.2
4.9
UK HPI3
 
(3.7)
(9.6)
1.7
10.7
7.0
UK bank rate6
 
4.1
3.1
2.2
2.3
2.7
US GDP1
 
1.4
(1.6)
0.9
2.1
2.1
US unemployment4
 
4.5
5.9
6.2
5.5
5.2
US HPI5
 
0.5
(2.4)
2.8
5.5
3.4
US federal funds rate6
 
4.3
3.9
2.9
2.6
2.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
Upside 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
UK GDP1
 
1.1
 
3.9
 
3.2
 
2.6
 
2.3
 
UK unemployment2
 
4.4
4.0
3.8
3.7
3.7
UK HPI3
 
4.4
14.2
6.8
2.7
3.8
UK bank rate6
 
4.1
3.1
2.5
2.6
2.9
US GDP1
 
2.3
3.1
2.9
2.8
2.8
US unemployment4
 
4.2
3.9
3.9
3.9
3.9
US HPI5
 
5.2
4.3
5.3
4.9
4.9
US federal funds rate6
 
4.1
2.9
2.8
2.8
2.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
Upside 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
UK GDP1
 
0.9
 
2.5
 
2.4
 
2.1
 
2.0
 
UK unemployment2
 
4.5
4.3
4.3
4.2
4.2
UK HPI3
 
3.2
8.1
4.5
3.1
3.9
UK bank rate6
 
4.1
3.4
3.3
3.3
3.4
US GDP1
 
2.1
2.3
2.4
2.4
2.4
US unemployment4
 
4.3
4.2
4.2
4.2
4.2
US HPI5
 
4.0
3.1
3.7
3.4
3.4
US federal funds rate6
 
4.3
3.3
3.3
3.5
3.5
 
1
Average Real GDP seasonally adjusted change in year.
2
Average UK unemployment rate 16-year+.
3
Change in year end UK HPI = Halifax HPI Meth2 All Houses, All Buyers index.
4
Average US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+.
5
Change in year end US HPI = FHFA House Price Index, relative to prior year end.
6
Average rate.
 
As at 31.12.24
 
2024
 
2025
 
2026
 
2027
 
2028
 
Baseline
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
UK GDP1
 
1.0
 
1.4
 
1.5
 
1.6
 
1.5
 
UK unemployment2
 
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.4
4.4
UK HPI3
 
2.8
3.3
1.6
4.5
3.0
UK bank rate6
 
5.1
4.3
4.0
4.0
3.8
US GDP1
 
2.7
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
US unemployment4
 
4.1
4.3
4.2
4.2
4.2
US HPI5
 
6.5
2.6
2.7
3.0
3.0
US federal funds rate6
 
5.1
4.1
4.0
3.8
3.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
Downside 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
UK GDP1
 
1.0
 
(2.3)
 
(1.3)
 
2.6
 
2.3
 
UK unemployment2
 
4.3
 
6.2
 
8.1
 
6.6
 
5.5
 
UK HPI3
 
2.8
 
(24.8)
 
(5.2)
 
10.0
 
14.6
 
UK bank rate6
 
5.1
 
3.5
 
1.7
 
0.6
 
1.1
 
US GDP1
 
2.7
 
(1.3)
 
(1.3)
 
3.3
 
2.9
 
US unemployment4
 
4.1
 
5.8
 
7.2
 
6.2
 
5.5
 
US HPI5
 
6.5
 
(8.0)
 
(0.7)
 
5.2
 
4.0
 
US federal funds rate6
 
5.1
 
2.5
 
0.6
 
0.8
 
1.5
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Downside 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
UK GDP1
 
1.0
 
(0.5)
 
0.1
 
2.1
 
1.9
 
UK unemployment2
 
4.3
 
5.3
 
6.3
 
5.5
 
5.0
 
UK HPI3
 
2.8
 
(11.6)
 
(1.8)
 
7.2
 
8.7
 
UK bank rate6
 
5.1
 
3.9
 
2.9
 
2.3
 
2.4
 
US GDP1
 
2.7
 
0.3
 
0.4
 
2.7
 
2.4
 
US unemployment4
 
4.1
 
5.1
 
5.7
 
5.2
 
4.9
 
US HPI5
 
6.5
 
(2.7)
 
1.0
 
4.1
 
3.5
 
US federal funds rate6
 
5.1
 
3.4
 
2.3
 
2.3
 
2.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Upside 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
UK GDP1
 
1.0
 
3.0
 
3.7
 
2.9
 
2.4
 
UK unemployment2
 
4.3
 
3.8
 
3.4
 
3.5
 
3.5
 
UK HPI3
 
2.8
 
11.9
 
8.4
 
5.1
 
4.1
 
UK bank rate6
 
5.1
 
3.9
 
2.9
 
2.8
 
2.8
 
US GDP1
 
2.7
 
2.8
 
3.1
 
2.8
 
2.8
 
US unemployment4
 
4.1
 
3.8
 
3.5
 
3.5
 
3.5
 
US HPI5
 
6.5
 
6.2
 
4.7
 
4.8
 
4.9
 
US federal funds rate6
 
5.1
 
3.7
 
3.3
 
3.1
 
2.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Upside 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
UK GDP1
 
1.0
 
2.2
 
2.6
 
2.2
 
2.0
 
UK unemployment2
 
4.3
 
4.1
 
4.0
 
4.0
 
4.0
 
UK HPI3
 
2.8
 
7.6
 
4.9
 
4.8
 
3.5
 
UK bank rate6
 
5.1
 
4.1
 
3.5
 
3.4
 
3.3
 
US GDP1
 
2.7
 
2.4
 
2.6
 
2.4
 
2.4
 
US unemployment4
 
4.1
 
4.0
 
3.9
 
3.9
 
3.9
 
US HPI5
 
6.5
 
4.4
 
3.7
 
3.9
 
3.9
 
US federal funds rate6
 
5.1
 
4.0
 
3.8
 
3.6
 
3.3
 
 
1
Average Real GDP seasonally adjusted change in year.
2
Average UK unemployment rate 16-year+.
3
Change in year end UK HPI = Halifax All Houses, All Buyers index, relative to prior year end.
4
Average US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+.
5
Change in year end US HPI = FHFA House Price Index, relative to prior year end.
6
Average rate.
 
Scenario weighting
 
Upside 2
 
Upside 1
 
Baseline
 
Downside 1
 
Downside 2
 
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
As at 30.06.25
 
 
 
 
 
 
Scenario weighting
 
15.5
26.4
34.4
15.2
8.5
As at 31.12.24
 
 
 
 
 
 
Scenario weighting
 
17.4
 
26.8
 
32.5
 
14.7
 
8.6
 
 
Specific bases show the most extreme position of each variable in the context of the downside/upside scenarios, for example, the highest unemployment for downside scenarios, average unemployment for baseline scenarios and lowest unemployment for upside scenarios. GDP and HPI downside and upside scenario data represent the lowest and highest cumulative position relative to the start point in the 20 quarter period.
 
 
Macroeconomic variables (specific bases)1
 
 
Upside 2
 
Upside 1
 
Baseline
 
Downside 1
 
Downside 2
 
As at 30.06.25
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
UK GDP2
 
14.5
 
10.9
 
1.3
 
(1.3)
 
(4.0)
 
UK unemployment3
 
3.7
4.2
4.6
6.5
8.4
UK HPI4
 
35.8
25.0
2.8
(13.2)
(28.1)
UK bank rate3
 
2.5
3.3
3.9
4.6
4.6
US GDP2
 
14.8
12.0
1.8
(1.4)
(5.3)
US unemployment3
 
3.9
4.1
4.5
6.5
8.4
US HPI4
 
27.1
19.0
2.2
(2.2)
(8.4)
US federal funds rate3
 
2.8
3.3
3.8
4.5
4.5
As at 31.12.24
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
UK GDP2
 
15.0
 
11.6
 
1.4
 
0.2
 
(2.9)
 
UK unemployment3
 
3.4
 
3.9
 
4.4
 
6.5
 
8.4
 
UK HPI4
 
36.3
 
25.9
 
3.0
 
(11.3)
 
(26.8)
 
UK bank rate3
 
2.8
 
3.3
 
4.2
 
5.3
 
5.3
 
US GDP2
 
14.9
 
12.8
 
2.2
 
0.4
 
(2.1)
 
US unemployment3
 
3.5
 
3.8
 
4.2
 
5.9
 
7.5
 
US HPI4
 
30.1
 
24.4
 
3.5
 
1.1
 
(4.0)
 
US federal funds rate3
 
2.8
 
3.3
 
4.2
 
5.3
 
5.3
 
 
1
UK GDP = Real GDP growth seasonally adjusted; UK unemployment = UK unemployment rate 16-year+; UK HPI (31.12.24) = Halifax All Houses, All Buyers Index; UK HPI (30.06.25) = Halifax HPI Meth2 All Houses, All Buyers index; US GDP = Real GDP growth seasonally adjusted; US unemployment = US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+; US HPI = FHFA House Price Index. 20 quarter period starts from Q125 (2024: Q124).
2
Maximum growth relative to Q424 (2024: Q423), based on 20 quarter period in Upside scenarios; 5-year yearly average Compound Annual Growth Rate(CAGR) in Baseline; minimum growth relative to Q424 (2024: Q423), based on 20 quarter period in Downside scenarios.
3
Lowest quarter in 20 quarter period in Upside scenarios; 5-year average in Baseline; highest quarter 20 quarter period in Downside scenarios.
4
Maximum growth relative to Q424 (2024: Q423), based on 20 quarter period in Upside scenarios; 5-year quarter end CAGR in Baseline; minimum growth relative to Q424 (2024: Q423), based on 20 quarter period in Downside scenarios.
 
Average basis represents the average quarterly value of variables in the 20 quarter period with GDP and HPI based on yearly average and quarterly CAGRs respectively.
 
Macroeconomic variables (5-year averages)1
 
 
Upside 2
 
Upside 1
 
Baseline
 
Downside 1
 
Downside 2
 
As at 30.06.25
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
UK GDP2
 
2.6
 
2.0
 
1.3
 
0.9
 
0.5
 
UK unemployment3
 
3.9
4.3
4.6
5.4
6.2
UK HPI4
 
6.3
4.6
2.8
0.9
(1.1)
UK bank rate3
 
3.0
3.5
3.9
2.9
1.6
US GDP2
 
2.8
2.3
1.8
1.0
0.1
US unemployment3
 
3.9
4.2
4.5
5.4
6.4
US HPI4
 
4.9
3.5
2.2
1.9
1.7
US federal funds rate3
 
3.1
3.6
3.8
3.3
2.7
As at 31.12.24
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
UK GDP2
 
2.6
 
2.0
 
1.4
 
0.9
 
0.5
 
UK unemployment3
 
3.7
 
4.0
 
4.4
 
5.3
 
6.1
 
UK HPI4
 
6.4
 
4.7
 
3.0
 
0.8
 
(1.6)
 
UK bank rate3
 
3.5
 
3.9
 
4.2
 
3.3
 
2.4
 
US GDP2
 
2.9
 
2.5
 
2.2
 
1.7
 
1.2
 
US unemployment3
 
3.7
 
3.9
 
4.2
 
5.0
 
5.8
 
US HPI4
 
5.4
 
4.5
 
3.5
 
2.4
 
1.2
 
US federal funds rate3
 
3.6
 
4.0
 
4.2
 
3.2
 
2.1
 
 
 
1
UK GDP = Real GDP growth seasonally adjusted; UK unemployment = UK unemployment rate 16-year+; UK HPI (31.12.24) = Halifax All Houses, All Buyers Index; UK HPI (30.06.25) = Halifax HPI Meth2 All Houses, All Buyers index; US GDP = Real GDP growth seasonally adjusted; US unemployment = US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+; US HPI = FHFA House Price Index. 20 quarter period starts from Q125 (2024: Q124).
2
5-year yearly average CAGR, starting 2024 (2024: 2023).
3
5-year average. Period based on 20 quarters from Q125 (2024: Q124).
4
5-year quarter end CAGR, starting Q424 (2024: Q423).
 
ECL sensitivity analysis
 
The table below shows the modelled ECL assuming each of the five modelled scenarios are 100% weighted with the dispersion of results around the Baseline, highlighting the impact on exposure and ECL across the scenarios.

Model exposure uses exposure at default (EAD) values and is not directly comparable to gross exposure used in prior disclosures.
 
Scenarios
 
As at 30.06.25
 
Weighted1
 
Upside 2
 
Upside 1
 
Baseline
 
Downside 1
 
Downside 2
 
Stage 1 Model Exposure (£m)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
143,893
 
144,499
 
144,220
 
143,894
 
142,404
 
140,285
 
Retail credit cards2
 
61,346
 
61,301
 
61,334
 
61,364
 
61,389
 
61,315
 
Retail other
 
6,361
 
6,488
 
6,436
 
6,375
 
6,217
 
6,047
 
Corporate loans2
 
206,132
 
208,928
 
208,025
 
206,540
 
204,086
 
197,488
 
Stage 1 Model ECL (£m)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
2
 
1
 
1
 
1
 
3
 
5
 
Retail credit cards2
 
514
 
493
 
503
 
513
 
533
 
551
 
Retail other
 
31
 
28
 
29
 
30
 
33
 
35
 
Corporate loans2
 
288
 
251
 
264
 
274
 
332
 
385
 
Stage 1 Coverage (%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail credit cards
 
0.8
 
0.8
 
0.8
 
0.8
 
0.9
 
0.9
 
Retail other
 
0.5
 
0.4
 
0.5
 
0.5
 
0.5
 
0.6
 
Corporate loans
 
0.1
 
0.1
 
0.1
 
0.1
 
0.2
 
0.2
 
Stage 2 Model Exposure (£m)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
17,837
 
16,768
 
17,185
 
17,673
 
19,831
 
23,057
 
Retail credit cards2
 
6,381
 
6,216
 
6,288
 
6,363
 
6,525
 
6,794
 
Retail other
 
1,181
 
1,054
 
1,106
 
1,167
 
1,325
 
1,495
 
Corporate loans2
 
20,327
 
17,378
 
18,338
 
19,936
 
22,509
 
29,237
 
Stage 2 Model ECL (£m)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
3
 
1
 
2
 
2
 
5
 
9
 
Retail credit cards2
 
1,353
 
1,268
 
1,302
 
1,337
 
1,440
 
1,584
 
Retail other
 
79
 
66
 
70
 
75
 
98
 
127
 
Corporate loans2
 
550
 
418
 
462
 
517
 
693
 
1,045
 
Stage 2 Coverage (%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail credit cards
 
21.2
 
20.4
 
20.7
 
21.0
 
22.1
 
23.3
 
Retail other
 
6.7
 
6.3
 
6.3
 
6.4
 
7.4
 
8.5
 
Corporate loans
 
2.7
 
2.4
 
2.5
 
2.6
 
3.1
 
3.6
 
Stage 3 Model Exposure (£m)3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
1,128
 
1,128
 
1,128
 
1,128
 
1,128
 
1,128
 
Retail credit cards2
 
2,050
 
2,050
 
2,050
 
2,050
 
2,050
 
2,050
 
Retail other
 
133
 
133
 
133
 
133
 
133
 
133
 
Corporate loans2
 
3,858
 
3,858
 
3,858
 
3,858
 
3,858
 
3,858
 
Stage 3 Model ECL (£m)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
18
 
11
 
14
 
16
 
27
 
35
 
Retail credit cards2
 
1,525
 
1,486
 
1,507
 
1,527
 
1,558
 
1,586
 
Retail other
 
75
 
73
 
73
 
74
 
78
 
82
 
Corporate loans2,4
 
61
 
58
 
58
 
60
 
66
 
72
 
Stage 3 Coverage (%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
1.6
 
1.0
 
1.2
 
1.4
 
2.4
 
3.1
 
Retail credit cards
 
74.4
 
72.5
 
73.5
 
74.5
 
76.0
 
77.4
 
Retail other
 
56.4
 
54.9
 
54.9
 
55.6
 
58.6
 
61.7
 
Corporate loans4
 
1.6
 
1.5
 
1.5
 
1.6
 
1.7
 
1.9
 
Total Model ECL (£m)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
23
 
13
 
17
 
19
 
35
 
49
 
Retail credit cards2
 
3,392
 
3,247
 
3,312
 
3,377
 
3,531
 
3,721
 
Retail other
 
185
 
167
 
172
 
179
 
209
 
244
 
Corporate loans2,
 
899
 
727
 
784
 
851
 
1,091
 
1,502
 
Total Model ECL
 
4,499
 
4,154
 
4,285
 
4,426
 
4,866
 
5,516
 
 
Reconciliation to total ECL
 
£m
 
Total weighted model ECL
 
4,499
 
ECL from individually assessed exposures4
 
485
 
ECL from non-modelled exposures and others5
 
459
 
ECL from debt securities at amortised cost
 
24
 
ECL from held for sale assets (co-branded card portfolio)
 
(239)
 
ECL from post model management adjustments
 
167
 
Of which: ECL from economic uncertainty adjustments
 
153
 
Total ECL
 
5,395
 
 
1
Model exposures are allocated to a stage based on an individual scenario rather than a probability-weighted approach as required for Barclays reported impairment allowances. As a result, it is not possible to back solve the final reported weighted ECL from individual scenarios given balances may be assigned to a different stage dependent on the scenario.
2
Model exposure and ECL reported within Retail credit cards and Corporate loans continues to include a co-branded card portfolio, as its sale is expected to close in 2026.
3
Model exposures allocated to Stage 3 does not change in any of the scenarios as the transition criteria relies only on an observable evidence of default as at 30 June 2025 and not on macroeconomic scenario.
4
Material corporate loan defaults are individually assessed across different recovery strategies. As a result, ECL of £485m is reported as an individually assessed impairment in the reconciliation table.
5
ECL from non-modelled exposures and others includes ECL on Tesco Bank's retail banking business of £295m calculated using a benchmarked approach based on UK cards and UK retail loans. The sensitivity of the non-modelled exposures would materially reflect the sensitivity of the benchmarked model.
 
The use of five scenarios with associated weightings results in a total weighted ECL uplift from the Baseline ECL of 1.6%.
 
Retail mortgages: Total weighted ECL of £23m represents a 21.1% increase over the Baseline ECL (£19m) with coverage ratios remaining steady across the Upside scenarios, Baseline and Downside 1 scenario. Under the Downside 2 scenario, total ECL increases to £49m driven by a fall in UK HPI.
 
Retail credit cards: Total weighted ECL of £3,392m is broadly aligned to the Baseline ECL (£3,377m). Total ECL increases to £3,721m under the Downside 2 scenario, driven by an increase in UK and US unemployment rate.
 
Retail other: Total weighted ECL of £185m represents a 3.4% increase over the Baseline ECL (£179m). Total ECL increases to £244m under the Downside 2 scenario, largely driven by an increase in UK unemployment rate.
 
Corporate loans: Total weighted ECL of £899m represents a 5.6% increase over the Baseline ECL (£851m). Total ECL increases to £1,502m under the Downside 2 scenario, driven by a decrease in UK and US GDP.
 
 
Scenarios1
 
As at 31.12.24
 
Weighted2
 
Upside 2
 
Upside 1
 
Baseline
 
Downside 1
 
Downside 2
 
Stage 1 Model Exposure (£m)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
139,086
 
140,828
 
140,079
 
139,188
 
136,671
 
134,861
 
Retail credit cards
 
63,937
 
63,821
 
63,859
 
63,894
 
63,980
 
63,975
 
Retail other
 
7,952
 
8,074
 
8,025
 
7,968
 
7,804
 
7,614
 
Corporate loans
 
213,905
 
216,064
 
215,215
 
214,293
 
212,007
 
207,062
 
Stage 1 Model ECL (£m)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
1
 
 
1
 
1
 
3
 
6
 
Retail credit cards
 
535
 
512
 
523
 
534
 
560
 
586
 
Retail other
 
34
 
32
 
32
 
33
 
36
 
40
 
Corporate loans
 
270
 
235
 
247
 
258
 
311
 
363
 
Stage 1 Coverage (%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail credit card
 
0.8
 
0.8
 
0.8
 
0.8
 
0.9
 
0.9
 
Retail other
 
0.4
 
0.4
 
0.4
 
0.4
 
0.5
 
0.5
 
Corporate loans
 
0.1
 
0.1
 
0.1
 
0.1
 
0.1
 
0.2
 
Stage 2 Model Exposure (£m)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
20,401
 
18,178
 
19,072
 
20,134
 
23,359
 
26,339
 
Retail credit cards
 
6,904
 
6,747
 
6,817
 
6,889
 
7,052
 
7,310
 
Retail other
 
1,232
 
1,110
 
1,159
 
1,215
 
1,380
 
1,570
 
Corporate loans
 
21,197
 
18,889
 
19,793
 
20,827
 
23,238
 
28,340
 
Stage 2 Model ECL (£m)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
4
 
1
 
2
 
3
 
8
 
16
 
Retail credit cards
 
1,473
 
1,387
 
1,422
 
1,459
 
1,567
 
1,714
 
Retail other
 
81
 
68
 
72
 
77
 
101
 
134
 
Corporate loans
 
532
 
424
 
461
 
505
 
655
 
932
 
Stage 2 Coverage (%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.1
 
Retail credit cards
 
21.3
 
20.6
 
20.9
 
21.2
 
22.2
 
23.4
 
Retail other
 
6.6
 
6.1
 
6.2
 
6.3
 
7.3
 
8.5
 
Corporate loans
 
2.5
 
2.2
 
2.3
 
2.4
 
2.8
 
3.3
 
Stage 3 Model Exposure (£m)3
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
1,062
 
1,062
 
1,062
 
1,062
 
1,062
 
1,062
 
Retail credit cards
 
2,197
 
2,197
 
2,197
 
2,197
 
2,197
 
2,197
 
Retail other
 
158
 
158
 
158
 
158
 
158
 
158
 
Corporate loans
 
4,051
 
4,051
 
4,051
 
4,051
 
4,051
 
4,051
 
Stage 3 Model ECL (£m)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
19
 
12
 
14
 
17
 
29
 
41
 
Retail credit cards
 
1,625
 
1,585
 
1,606
 
1,627
 
1,663
 
1,695
 
Retail other
 
92
 
90
 
91
 
92
 
95
 
97
 
Corporate loans4
 
71
 
66
 
67
 
69
 
79
 
89
 
Stage 3 Coverage (%)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
1.8
 
1.1
 
1.3
 
1.6
 
2.7
 
3.9
 
Retail credit cards
 
74.0
 
72.1
 
73.1
 
74.1
 
75.7
 
77.2
 
Retail other
 
58.2
 
57.0
 
57.6
 
58.2
 
60.1
 
61.4
 
Corporate loans4
 
1.8
 
1.6
 
1.7
 
1.7
 
2.0
 
2.2
 
Total Model ECL (£m)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail mortgages
 
24
 
13
 
17
 
21
 
40
 
63
 
Retail credit cards
 
3,633
 
3,484
 
3,551
 
3,620
 
3,790
 
3,995
 
Retail other
 
207
 
190
 
195
 
202
 
232
 
271
 
Corporate loans4
 
873
 
725
 
775
 
832
 
1,045
 
1,384
 
Total Model ECL
 
4,737
 
4,412
 
4,538
 
4,675
 
5,107
 
5,713
 
 
Reconciliation to total ECL
 
£m
 
Total weighted model ECL
 
4,737
 
ECL from individually assessed exposures4
 
461
 
ECL from non-modelled exposures and others5
 
358
 
ECL from debt securities at amortised cost
 
23
 
ECL from held for sale assets (co-branded card portfolio)
 
(282)
 
ECL from post model management adjustments
 
235
 
Of which: ECL from economic uncertainty adjustments
 
78
 
Total ECL
 
5,532
 
 
1
Model exposure and ECL reported within Retail credit cards and Retail Other excludes the German consumer finance business, sale of which completed after the balance sheet date. Model exposure and ECL reported within Retail credit cards and Corporate loans continues to include a co-branded card portfolio, as its sale is expected to close in 2026.
2
Model exposures are allocated to a stage based on an individual scenario rather than a probability-weighted approach as required for Barclays reported impairment allowances. As a result, it is not possible to back solve the final reported weighted ECL from individual scenarios given balances may be assigned to a different stage dependent on the scenario.
3
Model exposures allocated to Stage 3 does not change in any of the scenarios as the transition criteria relies only on an observable evidence of default as at 31 December 2024 and not on macroeconomic scenario.
4
Material corporate loan defaults are individually assessed across different recovery strategies. As a result, ECL of £461m is reported as an individually assessed impairment in the reconciliation table.
5
ECL from non-modelled exposures and others includes ECL on Tesco Bank's retail banking business of £209m calculated using a benchmarked approach based on UK cards and UK retail loans. The sensitivity of the non-modelled exposures would materially reflect the sensitivity of the benchmarked model.

Analysis of specific portfolios and asset types
 
Secured home loans
 
The UK home loan portfolio primarily comprises first lien mortgages and accounts for 97% (December 2024: 97%) of the Group’s total home loans balance.
 
Barclays UK
 
Home loans principal portfolios
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
Gross loans and advances (£m)
 
166,960
 
163,197
 
90 day arrears rate, excluding recovery book (%)
 
0.2
 
0.2
 
Annualised gross charge-off rates - 180 days past due (%)
 
0.5
 
0.5
 
Recovery book proportion of outstanding balances (%)
 
0.6
 
0.6
 
Recovery book impairment coverage ratio (%)1
 
4.1
 
3.7
 
 
 
 
Average marked to market LTV
 
 
 
Balance weighted %
 
53.8
 
53.0
 
Valuation weighted %
 
40.4
 
39.7
 
 
 
 
New lending
 
Half year ended 30.06.25
 
 Half year ended 30.06.24
 
New home loan bookings (£m)
 
15,448
 
9,239
 
New home loan proportion > 90% LTV (%)
 
1.6
 
0.8
 
Average LTV on new home loans: balance weighted (%)
 
69.5
 
63.4
 
Average LTV on new home loans: valuation weighted (%)
 
60.7
 
54.1
 
 
 
1
Recovery Book Impairment Coverage Ratio excludes Kensington Mortgages Company.
 
Home loans principal portfolios – distribution of balances by LTV1
 
 
Distribution of balances
 
Distribution of impairment allowance
 
Coverage ratio
 
 
Stage 1
 
Stage 2
 
Stage 3
 
Total
 
Stage 1
 
Stage 2
 
Stage 3
 
Total
 
Stage 1
 
Stage 2
 
Stage 3
 
Total
 
 
Barclays UK
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
<=75%
 
74.3
 
9.1
 
0.9
 
84.3
 
7.9
 
14.3
 
19.2
 
41.4
 
 
0.1
 
2.0
 
 
 
>75% and <=90%
 
13.6
 
1.1
 
0.1
 
14.8
 
11.6
 
22.4
 
10.5
 
44.5
 
0.1
 
1.8
 
12.7
 
0.3
 
 
>90% and <=100%
 
0.9
 
 
 
0.9
 
1.3
 
1.8
 
4.2
 
7.3
 
0.1
 
4.4
 
35.7
 
0.7
 
 
>100%
 
 
 
 
 
0.3
 
2.1
 
4.4
 
6.8
 
1.7
 
75.7
 
78.0
 
27.8
 
 
As at 31.12.24
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
<=75%
 
74.5
 
10.7
 
0.9
 
86.1
 
8.3
 
15.8
 
18.7
 
42.8
 
 
0.1
 
1.8
 
 
 
>75% and <=90%
 
11.8
 
1.2
 
0.1
 
13.1
 
10.2
 
24.2
 
9.7
 
44.1
 
0.1
 
1.7
 
13.0
 
0.3
 
 
>90% and <=100%
 
0.8
 
 
 
0.8
 
1.3
 
2.3
 
4.0
 
7.6
 
0.1
 
4.9
 
35.8
 
0.8
 
 
>100%
 
 
 
 
 
0.2
 
1.4
 
3.9
 
5.5
 
1.6
 
45.9
 
68.7
 
24.8
 
 
1
Portfolio marked to market based on the most updated valuation including recovery book balances. Updated valuations reflect the application of the latest HPI available as at 30 June 2025.
 
New home loans bookings increased 67% to £15.4bn (H124: £9.2bn), primarily driven by increased demand as interest rates reduced and increased operational capacity. The stamp duty relief period and its ending also created increased activity in the purchase market in Q1 25, partially offset by reduced volumes in Q2 25.
The proportion of completions in LTV >90% increased from 0.8% in H1 2024 to 1.6% in H1 2025, primarily driven by an increase in HMT Mortgage Guarantee Scheme applications.
 
Retail credit cards and Retail other
The principal portfolios listed below accounted for 91% (December 2024: 91%) of the Group’s total retail credit cards and retail other.
 
Principal portfolios
 
Gross exposure
 
30 day arrears rate, excluding recovery book
 
90 day arrears rate, excluding recovery book
 
Annualised gross write-off rate
 
Annualised net write-off rate
 
As at 30.06.25
 
£m
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
Barclays UK
 
 
 
 
 
 
UK cards1
 
16,455
0.7
0.2
0.9
0.8
UK personal loans1
 
8,389
1.0
0.4
0.8
0.7
Barclays Partner Finance
 
1,258
0.8
0.4
1.2
1.2
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
US cards2
 
25,906
2.8
1.6
3.8
3.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 31.12.24
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays UK
 
 
 
 
 
 
UK cards1
 
15,781
0.7
0.2
1.1
0.9
UK personal loans1
 
8,051
1.0
0.4
0.7
0.5
Barclays Partner Finance
 
1,609
0.6
0.3
1.0
1.0
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
US cards2
 
28,548
3.0
1.6
3.8
3.7
 
1
Includes Tesco Bank. Tesco Bank arrears rates are calculated using POCI balances adjusted to fair value.
2
Includes a co-branded card portfolio in USCB, classified as held for sale (see table below).
 
UK cards: Gross exposure increased from £15.8bn to £16.5bn following a growth in spend and new promotional balance lending. 30 and 90 day arrears rates remained stable at 0.7% (2024: 0.7%) and 0.2% (2024: 0.2%) respectively. Gross and net write-off rates reduced to 0.9% (2024: 1.1%) and 0.8% (2024: 0.9%) reflecting the impact of reduced flow into delinquency in 2024 flowing into write-off.
 
UK personal loans: Gross exposure increased from £8.1bn to £8.4bn due to a growth in new lending. 30 and 90 day arrears rates remained stable at 1.0% (2024: 1.0%) and 0.4% (2024: 0.4%) respectively. Gross and net write off rates increased to 0.8% (2024: 0.7%) and 0.7% (2024: 0.5%) reflecting increased average balances flowing through to write-off.
 
Barclays Partner Finance: 30 and 90 day arrears rates increased to 0.8% (2024: 0.6%) and 0.4% (2024: 0.3%) respectively as total exposure reduced to £1.3bn (2024: £1.6bn) due to a strategic decision to reduce the number of active partner businesses. Both annualised gross and net write off rates increased to 1.2% (2024: 1.0%) following the reduction in gross exposure.
 
US cards: 30 day arrears rate decreased to 2.8% (2024: 3.0%) and 90 day arrears rate remained flat at 1.6% (2024: 1.6%) in line with seasonal expectations. Gross and net write-off rates remained stable.
 
Retail Credit Cards and Retail Other held for sale
 
Gross exposure
 
30 day arrears rate, excluding recovery book
 
90 day arrears rate, excluding recovery book
 
Annualised gross write-off rate
 
Annualised net write-off rate
 
As at 30.06.25
 
£m
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
5,653
1.7
0.9
1.9
1.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 31.12.24
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
6,241
 
1.3
 
0.5
 
2.0
 
2.0
 
Head Office - German consumer finance business
 
3,733
 
1.8
 
0.9
 
1.3
 
1.2
 
 
Assets held for sale
This table presents a co-branded card portfolio in USCB classified as assets held for sale. Further, the sale of the German consumer finance business was completed in Q125.
 
Loans and advances by product
 
Loans and advances to customers classified as assets held for sale
 
 
Stage 1
 
 
Stage 2
 
 
Stage 3
 
 
Total
 
 
Gross
 
ECL
 
Coverage
 
 
Gross
 
ECL
 
Coverage
 
 
Gross
 
ECL
 
Coverage
 
 
Gross
 
ECL
 
Coverage
 
As at 30.06.25
 
£m
 
£m
 
%
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
%
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
%
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
%
 
Retail credit cards - US
4,988
 
55
 
1.1
 
 
613
 
139
 
22.7
 
 
52
 
42
 
80.8
 
 
5,653
 
236
 
4.2
 
Retail credit cards - Germany
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail other - Germany
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate loans - US
43
 
1
 
2.3
 
 
7
 
2
 
28.6
 
 
1
 
1
 
100.0
 
 
51
 
4
 
7.8
 
Total Rest of the World
5,031
 
56
 
1.1
 
 
620
 
141
 
22.7
 
 
53
 
43
 
81.1
 
 
5,704
 
240
 
4.2
 
 
As at 31.12.24
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail credit cards - US
5,495
 
64
 
1.2
 
 
689
 
161
 
23.4
 
 
57
 
46
 
80.7
 
 
6,241
 
271
 
4.3
 
Retail credit cards - Germany
1,908
 
18
 
0.9
 
 
307
 
29
 
9.4
 
 
93
 
69
 
74.2
 
 
2,308
 
116
 
5.0
 
Retail other - Germany
1,134
 
16
 
1.4
 
 
220
 
33
 
15.0
 
 
71
 
48
 
67.6
 
 
1,425
 
97
 
6.8
 
Corporate loans - US
49
 
1
 
2.0
 
 
9
 
3
 
33.3
 
 
1
 
1
 
100.0
 
 
59
 
5
 
8.5
 
Total Rest of the World
8,586
 
99
 
1.2
 
 
1,225
 
226
 
18.4
 
 
222
 
164
 
73.9
 
 
10,033
 
489
 
4.9
 
 
Management adjustments to models for impairment
 
Management adjustments to models for impairment allowance presented by product
 
 
Impairment allowance pre management adjustments
 
Economic uncertainty adjustments1
 
Other adjustments
 
Management adjustments
 
Total impairment allowance
 
Proportion of Management adjustments to Total impairment allowance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
%
 
Retail credit cards - US
 
235
 
6
 
 
6
 
241
 
2.5
 
Retail credit cards - Germany
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail other - Germany
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate loans - US
 
4
 
 
 
 
4
 
 
Total Rest of the World
 
239
 
6
 
 
6
 
245
 
2.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 31.12.24
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
%
 
Retail credit cards - US
 
277
 
 
 
 
277
 
 
Retail credit cards - Germany
 
101
 
 
16
 
16
 
117
 
13.7
 
Retail other - Germany
 
80
 
 
17
 
17
 
97
 
17.5
 
Corporate loans - US
 
5
 
 
 
 
5
 
 
Total Rest of the World
 
463
 
 
33
 
33
 
496
 
6.7
 
 
1
Economic uncertainty adjustment of £6m (December 2024: £nil) reflects an adjustment introduced during the year to provide for the elevated US macroeconomic uncertainty and reported in Stage 2.
 
Market Risk
 
Analysis of management value at risk (VaR)
 
The table below shows the total management VaR on a diversified basis by asset class. Total management VaR includes all trading positions in Barclays Group and it is calculated with a one-day holding period. VaR limits are applied to total management VaR and by asset class. Additionally, the market risk management function applies VaR sub-limits to material businesses and trading desks.
 
Management VaR (95%) by asset class
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Half year ended 30.06.25
 
Half year ended 31.12.24
 
Half year ended 30.06.24
 
Average
High
Low
 
Average
High
Low
 
Average
High
Low
 
£m
£m
£m
 
£m
£m
£m
 
£m
£m
£m
Credit risk
16
 
20
 
13
 
 
20
 
24
 
17
 
 
22
27
19
Interest rate risk
 
15
 
25
 
5
 
 
14
 
22
 
7
 
 
16
25
9
Equity risk
 
8
 
14
 
5
 
 
5
 
12
 
2
 
 
6
9
4
Basis risk
 
5
 
7
 
4
 
 
5
 
6
 
4
 
 
6
8
4
Spread risk
 
5
 
7
 
4
 
 
4
 
7
 
3
 
 
5
7
4
Foreign exchange risk
 
4
 
7
 
3
 
 
4
 
7
 
3
 
 
4
9
2
Commodity risk
 
 
1
 
 
 
 
1
 
 
 
1
Inflation risk
 
5
 
8
 
3
 
 
4
 
5
 
2
 
 
4
5
2
Diversification effect1
(39)
 n/a
 n/a
 
(32)
 n/a
 n/a
 
(34)
 n/a
 n/a
Total management VaR
19
 
30
 
10
 
 
24
32
15
 
29
36
20
 
1
Diversification effects recognise that forecast losses from different assets or businesses are unlikely to occur concurrently, hence the expected aggregate loss is lower than the sum of the expected losses from each area. Historical correlations between losses are taken into account in making these assessments. The high and low VaR figures reported for each category did not necessarily occur on the same day as the high and low total management VaR. Consequently, a diversification effect balance for the high and low VaR figures would not be meaningful and is therefore omitted from the above table.
 
Average Management VaR decreased 21% to £19m (H224: £24m). The decrease is due to a combination of a reduction in the size of the funded, fair value leverage loan exposure in Q1 2025, as well as an overall prudent risk positioning during the market volatility in Q2 2025.
 
Treasury and Capital Risk
 
The Group has established a comprehensive set of policies, standards and controls for managing its liquidity risk; together these set out the requirements for Barclays’ liquidity risk framework. The liquidity risk framework meets the PRA standards and enables Barclays to maintain liquidity resources that are sufficient in amount and quality, and a funding profile that is appropriate to meet the Group’s Liquidity Risk Appetite. The liquidity risk framework is delivered via a combination of policy formation, review and challenge, governance, analysis, stress testing, limit setting and monitoring.
 
Liquidity risk stress testing
 
The Internal Liquidity Stress Tests (ILST) measure the potential contractual and contingent stress outflows under a range of scenarios, which are then used to determine the size of the liquidity pool that is immediately available to meet anticipated outflows if a stress occurs. The short-term scenarios include a 30 day Barclays-specific stress event, a 90 day market-wide stress event and a 30 day combined scenario consisting of both a Barclays specific and market-wide stress event. The Group also runs a liquidity stress test which measures the anticipated outflows over a 12 month market-wide scenario.
 
The LCR requirement takes into account the relative stability of different sources of funding and potential incremental funding requirements in a stress. The LCR is designed to promote short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity risk profile by holding sufficient high quality liquid assets to survive an acute stress scenario lasting for 30 days.
 
Barclays is prospectively implementing new methodology for calculating net stress outflows related to secured financing transactions in the LCR. This change materialises from June 2025, with the Group headline ratio expected to contract over time from recent elevated levels whilst remaining broadly within ranges reported over recent years. The revised methodology models a more asymmetric unwind of client activity, resulting in a higher net outflow calculation. Barclays has always maintained, and intends to continue to maintain, a significant liquidity buffer which allows for this impact to be readily absorbed within the Group surplus.
 
As at 30 June 2025 the average LCR was 177.7% (December 2024: 172.4%). The Group held eligible liquid assets in excess of 100% of net stress outflows as measured according to both its internal ILST and external regulatory requirements.
 
Liquidity coverage ratio1
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
 
£bn
£bn
LCR Eligible High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA)
309.7
304.4
Net stress outflows
(174.7)
(176.9)
Surplus
135.0
127.5
 
 
 
Liquidity coverage ratio
177.7%
172.4%
 
1
Represents the average of the last 12 spot month end ratios.
 
Net Stable Funding Ratio
 
The external NSFR metric requires banks to maintain a stable funding profile taking into account both on and certain off-balance sheet exposures over a medium to long term period. The ratio is defined as the Available Stable Funding (capital and certain liabilities which are treated as stable sources of funding) relative to the Required Stable Funding (a measure of assets on the balance sheet and certain off-balance sheet exposures which may require longer term funding). The NSFR (average of last four quarter ends) as at 30 June 2025 was 135.6%, which was a surplus above the regulatory requirement of £166.6bn.
 
Net Stable Funding Ratio2
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
 
£bn
£bn
Total Available Stable Funding
634.2
629.6
Total Required Stable Funding
467.6
466.7
Surplus
166.6
162.9
 
 
 
Net Stable Funding Ratio
135.6%
134.9%
 
 
2
Represents the average of the last four spot month end ratios
 
 
As part of the liquidity risk appetite, Barclays establishes minimum LCR, NSFR and internal liquidity stress test limits. The Group plans to maintain its surplus to the internal and regulatory requirements at an efficient level. Risks to market funding conditions, the Group’s liquidity position and funding profile are assessed continuously, and actions are taken to manage the size of the liquidity pool and the funding profile as appropriate.
 
Composition of the Group liquidity pool
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LCR eligible1 High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA)
 
 
Liquidity pool
 
 
Cash
 
Level 1
 
Level 2A
 
Level 2B
 
Total
 
 
2025
 
2024
 
 
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
 
£bn
£bn
Cash and deposits with central banks2
217
 
0
 
0
 
0
 
217
 
 
235
216
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government bonds3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AAA to AA-
 
72
 
3
 
 
75
 
 
72
55
A+ to A-
 
2
 
 
 
2
 
 
2
2
BBB+ to BBB-
 
1
 
 
1
 
1
1
Total government bonds
 
75
3
 
78
 
75
58
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government Guaranteed Issuers, PSEs and GSEs
 
4
 
2
 
 
6
 
 
9
9
International Organisations and MDBs
 
9
 
 
 
9
 
 
8
7
Covered bonds
 
2
 
4
 
 
6
 
 
6
7
Other
 
 
 
2
2
 
1
 
Total other
 
15
6
2
23
 
24
23
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total as at 30 June 2025
217
90
9
2
318
 
334
 
Total as at 31 December 2024
196
74
9
2
281
 
 
297
 
1
The LCR eligible HQLA is adjusted under the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (CRR) Part of the PRA Rulebook for operational restrictions upon consolidation, such as trapped liquidity within Barclays subsidiaries. It also reflects differences in eligibility of assets between the LCR and Barclays’ Liquidity Pool.
2
Includes cash held at central banks and surplus cash at central banks related to payment schemes. Over 99% (December 2024: over 98%) was placed with the Bank of England, US Federal Reserve, European Central Bank, Bank of Japan and Swiss National Bank.
3
Of which over 86% (December 2024: over 85%) comprised UK, US, French, German, Japanese, Swiss and Dutch securities.
 
The Group liquidity pool was £333.7bn as at June 2025, increased by £36.8 vs December 2024 (December 2024: £296.9bn).
 
In H125, the month-end liquidity pool ranged from £326bn to £341bn (2024: £297bn to £341bn), and the month-end average balance was £333bn (2024: £322bn). The liquidity pool is held unencumbered and represents readily accessible funds to meet potential cash outflows during stress periods.
 
As at 30 June 2025, 66% (December 2024: 60%) of the liquidity pool was located in Barclays Bank PLC, 19% (December 2024: 23%) in Barclays Bank UK PLC and 9% (December 2024: 9%) in Barclays Bank Ireland PLC. The residual portion of the liquidity pool is held outside of these entities, predominantly in US subsidiaries, to meet entity-specific stress outflows and local regulatory requirements. To the extent the use of this residual portion of the liquidity pool is restricted due to local regulatory requirements, it is assumed to be unavailable to the rest of the Group in calculating the LCR.
 
The composition of the pool is subject to limits set by the Board and the independent liquidity risk, credit risk and market risk functions. In addition, the investment of the liquidity pool is monitored for concentration by issuer, currency and asset type. Given returns generated by these highly liquid assets, the risk and reward profile is continuously managed.
 
Deposit funding
 
As at 30.06.25
 
 
As at 31.12.24
 
 
Loans and advances, debt securities at amortised cost
 
Deposits at amortised cost
 
Loan: deposit ratio1
 
 
Loan: deposit ratio1
 
Funding of loans and advances
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
%
 
 
%
 
Barclays UK
 
227
241
94
 
92
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
28
85
33
 
31
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
15
67
22
 
21
Barclays Investment Bank
 
126
149
85
 
88
Barclays US consumer Bank
 
19
23
83
 
91
Head Office
 
3
 
 
 
Barclays Group
 
418
565
74
 
74 
 
1
The loan: deposit ratio is calculated as loans and advances at amortised cost and debt securities at amortised cost divided by deposits at amortised cost.
 
Funding structure and funding relationships
 
The basis for sound liquidity risk management is a funding structure that reduces the probability of a liquidity stress leading to an inability to meet funding obligations as they fall due. The Group’s overall funding strategy is to develop a diversified funding base (geographically, by type and by counterparty) and maintain access to a variety of alternative funding sources, to provide protection against unexpected fluctuations, while minimising the cost of funding.
 
Within this, the Group aims to align the sources and uses of funding. As such, retail and corporate loans and advances are largely funded by deposits in the relevant entities, with the surplus primarily funding the liquidity pool. The majority of reverse repurchase agreements are matched by repurchase agreements. Derivative liabilities and assets are largely matched. A substantial proportion of balance sheet derivative positions qualify for counterparty netting and the remaining portions are largely offset when netted against cash collateral received and paid. Wholesale debt and equity is used to fund residual assets.
 
These funding relationships as at 30 June 2025 are summarised below:
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
Assets
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
Liabilities and equity
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Loans and advances at amortised cost1
 
390
 
392
 
 
Deposits at amortised cost
 
565
 
561
 
Group liquidity pool
 
334
 
297
 
 
<1 Year wholesale funding
 
73
 
55
 
 
 
 
 
>1 Year wholesale funding
 
131
 
131
 
Reverse repurchase agreements, trading portfolio assets, cash collateral and settlement balances
 
507
 
433
 
 
Repurchase agreements, trading portfolio liabilities, cash collateral and settlement balances
 
430
 
358
 
Derivative financial instruments
 
280
 
294
 
 
Derivative financial instruments
 
265
 
279
 
Other assets2
 
88
 
102
 
 
Other liabilities
 
59
 
62
 
 
 
 
 
Equity
 
76
 
72
 
Total assets
 
1,599
 
1,518
 
 
Total liabilities and equity
 
1,599
 
1,518
 
 
1
Adjusted for liquidity pool debt securities reported at amortised cost of £28bn (December 2024: £22bn).
2
Other assets include fair value assets that are not part of reverse repurchase agreements or trading portfolio assets, and other asset categories.
 
 
Composition of wholesale funding
 
 
Wholesale funding outstanding (excluding repurchase agreements) was £203.5bn (December 2024: £186.0bn). In H125, the Group issued £10.3bn of MREL eligible instruments from Barclays PLC (the Parent company) in a range of tenors and currencies.
 
Our operating companies also access wholesale funding markets to maintain their stable and diversified funding bases. Barclays Bank PLC continued to issue in the shorter-term and medium-term notes markets. In addition, Barclays Bank UK PLC continued to issue in the shorter-term markets and maintains active secured funding programmes.
 
 
Wholesale funding of £72.8.bn (December 2024: £55.0bn) matures in less than one year, representing 36% (December 2024: 30%) of total wholesale funding outstanding. This includes £29.3bn (December 2024: £22.0bn) related to term funding1.
 
 
Maturity profile of wholesale funding2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
<1 month
1-3 months
3-6 months
6-12 months
<1 year
1-2 years
2-3 years
3-4 years
4-5 years
>5 years
Total
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Barclays PLC (the Parent company)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior unsecured (Public benchmark)
 
 
 
 
3.9
 
3.9
 
5.7
 
6.7
 
6.6
 
4.7
 
26.7
 
54.3
 
Senior unsecured (Privately placed)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.2
 
0.8
 
1.0
 
Subordinated liabilities
 
 
 
 
1.5
 
1.5
 
 
1.5
 
 
1.0
 
7.4
 
11.4
 
Barclays Bank PLC (including subsidiaries)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior unsecured (Privately placed)3
 
2.8
 
4.1
 
5.4
 
9.7
 
22.0
 
11.3
 
13.0
 
9.7
 
8.6
 
20.1
 
84.7
 
Certificates of deposit and commercial paper
3.0
3.1
11.9
9.8
27.8
0.3
28.1
Asset backed commercial paper
 
4.1
 
6.7
 
1.3
 
 
12.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.1
 
Asset backed securities
 
 
 
0.7
 
0.4
 
1.1
 
0.2
 
0.2
 
0.5
 
 
2.5
 
4.5
 
Subordinated liabilities
 
0.1
 
0.1
 
 
 
0.2
 
0.5
 
0.1
 
 
 
0.3
 
1.1
 
Barclays Bank UK PLC (including subsidiaries)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior unsecured (Privately placed)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.2
 
0.2
 
Certificates of deposit and commercial paper
 
3.6
 
 
 
 
3.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.6
 
Covered bonds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.5
 
0.7
 
0.7
 
 
1.9
 
Asset backed securities
 
 
 
 
0.6
 
0.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.6
 
Total as at 30 June 2025
 
13.6
 
14.0
 
19.3
 
25.9
 
72.8
 
18.0
 
22.0
 
17.5
 
15.2
 
58.0
 
203.5
 
Of which secured
 
4.1
 
6.7
 
2.0
 
1.0
 
13.8
 
0.2
 
0.7
 
1.2
 
0.7
 
2.5
 
19.1
 
Of which unsecured
 
9.5
 
7.3
 
17.3
 
24.9
 
59.0
 
17.8
 
21.3
 
16.3
 
14.5
 
55.5
 
184.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total as at 31 December 2024
 
7.9
 
21.3
 
11.9
 
13.9
 
55.0
 
23.0
 
17.5
 
18.6
 
15.1
 
56.8
 
186.0
 
Of which secured
 
2.4
 
8.8
 
2.1
 
0.8
 
14.1
 
1.1
 
0.5
 
0.9
 
0.6
 
3.3
 
20.5
 
Of which unsecured
 
5.5
 
12.5
 
9.8
 
13.1
 
40.9
 
21.9
 
17.0
 
17.7
 
14.5
 
53.5
 
165.5
 
 
1
Term funding comprises public benchmark and privately placed senior unsecured notes, covered bonds, asset-backed securities and subordinated debt where the original maturity of the instrument is more than 1 year.
2
The composition of wholesale funds comprises the balance sheet reported financial liabilities at fair value, debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities. It does not include participation in the central bank facilities reported within repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing.
3
Includes structured notes of £71.0bn, of which £19.1bn matures within one year.
 
Credit ratings
 
 
In addition to monitoring and managing key metrics related to the financial strength of the Group, Barclays solicits independent credit ratings from agencies such as Standard & Poor’s Global (S&P), Moody’s and Fitch. These ratings assess the creditworthiness of the Group, its subsidiaries and its branches, and are based on reviews of a broad range of business and financial attributes including capital strength, profitability, funding, liquidity, asset quality, strategy and governance.
 
 
 
 
Barclays Bank PLC
 
Standard & Poor's
 
Moody's
 
Fitch
 
Long-term
 
A+ / Stable
 
A1 / Stable
 
A+ / Stable
 
Short-term
 
A-1
 
P-1
 
F1
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays Bank UK PLC
 
 
 
 
Long-term
 
A+ / Stable
 
A11 / Stable
 
A+ / Stable
 
Short-term
 
A-1
 
P-11
 
F1
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays PLC
 
 
 
 
Long-term
 
BBB+ / Stable
 
Baa1 / Stable
 
A / Stable
 
Short-term
 
A-2
 
P-2
 
F1
 
 
1
Deposit ratings.
 
In H125, S&P and Fitch affirmed all ratings for Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank UK PLC.
 
A credit rating downgrade could result in outflows to meet collateral requirements on existing contracts. Outflows related to credit rating downgrades are included in the ILST scenarios and a portion of the liquidity pool is held against this risk. Credit ratings downgrades could also result in reduced funding capacity and increased funding costs.
 
A one and two-notch long-term downgrade, with associated short-term downgrades, across all credit ratings agencies would result in outflows of £1bn and £3bn respectively on derivative contracts and other off balance sheet products to satisfy the contractual collateral requirements. This is provided for in determining an appropriate liquidity pool size given the Group’s liquidity risk appetite. These numbers do not assume any management or restructuring actions that could be taken to reduce posting requirements.
 
Regulatory minimum requirements
 
Capital
 
As at 30 June 2025, the Group’s Overall Capital Requirement for CET1 was 12.2% and comprises a 4.5% Pillar 1 minimum, a 2.5% Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB), a 1.5% Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) buffer, a 2.7% Pillar 2A requirement and a 1.0% Countercyclical Capital Buffer (CCyB).
 
The Group’s CCyB is based on the buffer rate applicable for each jurisdiction in which the Group has exposures. The buffer rates set by other national authorities for non-UK exposures are not currently material.
 
The Group’s Pillar 2A requirement is 4.8% with at least 56.25% to be met with CET1 capital, equating to 2.7% of RWAs. The Pillar 2A requirement, based on a point in time assessment, has been set as a proportion of RWAs and is subject to at least annual review.
 
The Group’s CET1 target ratio of 13-14% takes into account minimum capital requirements and applicable buffers. The Group remains above its minimum capital regulatory requirements and applicable buffers.
 
Leverage
 
As at 30 June 2025, the Group was subject to a UK leverage ratio requirement of 4.2%. This comprises the 3.25% minimum requirement, a G-SII additional leverage ratio buffer (G-SII ALRB) of 0.53% and a countercyclical leverage ratio buffer (CCLB) of 0.4%. The Group is also required to disclose an average UK leverage ratio which is based on capital on the last day of each month in the quarter and an exposure measure for each day in the quarter.
 
MREL
 
As at 30 June 2025, the Group was required to meet the higher of: (i) two times the sum of 8% Pillar 1 and 4.8% Pillar 2A equating to 25.7% of RWAs; and (ii) 6.75% of leverage exposures. In addition, the higher of regulatory capital and leverage buffers apply. CET1 capital cannot be counted towards both MREL and the buffers, meaning that the buffers, including the confidential institution-specific PRA buffer, will effectively be applied above MREL requirements.
 
Capital ratios1,2
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.03.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
CET1
 
14.0%
 
13.9%
 
13.6%
 
T1
 
17.8%
 
17.7%
 
16.9%
 
Total regulatory capital
 
20.5%
 
20.6%
 
19.6%
 
MREL ratio as a percentage of total RWAs
 
35.4%
 
36.2%
 
34.4%
 
 
 
 
 
Own funds and eligible liabilities
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests per the balance sheet
 
75,906
 
74,880
 
71,821
 
Less: other equity instruments (recognised as AT1 capital)
 
(13,266)
 
(13,263)
 
(12,075)
 
Adjustment to retained earnings for foreseeable ordinary share dividends
 
(600)
 
(1,086)
 
(786)
 
Adjustment to retained earnings for foreseeable repurchase of shares
 
(171)
 
(664)
 
 
Adjustment to retained earnings for foreseeable other equity coupons
 
(37)
 
(49)
 
(35)
 
 
 
 
 
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions
 
 
 
 
Additional value adjustments (PVA)
 
(1,887)
 
(1,795)
 
(2,051)
 
Goodwill and intangible assets
 
(8,158)
 
(8,247)
 
(8,272)
 
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding temporary differences
 
(1,303)
 
(1,408)
 
(1,451)
 
Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges
 
1,210
 
2,378
 
2,930
 
Excess of expected losses over impairment
 
(331)
 
(306)
 
(403)
 
Gains or losses on liabilities at fair value resulting from own credit
 
456
 
799
 
981
 
Defined benefit pension fund assets
 
(2,177)
 
(2,326)
 
(2,367)
 
Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments
 
(5)
 
(4)
 
(1)
 
Adjustment under IFRS 9 transitional arrangements
 
 
 
138
 
Other regulatory adjustments
 
(92)
 
(115)
 
129
 
CET1 capital
 
49,545
 
48,794
 
48,558
 
 
 
 
 
AT1 capital
 
 
 
 
Capital instruments and related share premium accounts
 
13,289
 
13,289
 
12,108
 
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions
 
(23)
 
(26)
 
(32)
 
AT1 capital
 
13,266
 
13,263
 
12,076
 
 
 
 
 
T1 capital
 
62,811
 
62,057
 
60,634
 
 
 
 
 
T2 capital
 
 
 
 
Capital instruments and related share premium accounts
 
9,498
 
9,988
 
9,150
 
Qualifying T2 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiaries
 
76
 
337
 
367
 
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions
 
(81)
 
(43)
 
(33)
 
Total regulatory capital
 
72,304
 
72,339
 
70,118
 
 
 
 
 
Less : Ineligible T2 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiaries
 
(76)
 
(337)
 
(367)
 
Eligible liabilities
 
52,733
 
55,159
 
53,547
 
Total own funds and eligible liabilities3
 
124,961
 
127,161
 
123,298
 
 
 
 
 
Total RWAs
 
353,043
 
351,314
 
358,127
 
 
1
2024 comparatives for Capital and RWAs have been calculated applying the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements in accordance with the CRR. Effective from 1 January 2025, the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements no longer applied.
2
2024 and Q1 2025 comparatives for total capital were calculated applying the grandfathering of certain capital instruments within Tier 2 capital. Effective from 29 June 2025, the grandfathered instruments no longer qualified as Tier 2 capital.
3
As at 30 June 2025, the Group's MREL requirement, excluding the institution-specific confidential PRA buffer, was to hold £108.3bn of own funds and eligible liabilities equating to 30.7% of RWAs. The Group remains above its MREL regulatory requirement including the institution-specific confidential PRA buffer.
 
Movement in CET1 capital
 
Three months ended 30.06.25
 
Six months ended 30.06.25
 
 
£m
£m
Opening CET1 capital
48,794
48,558
 
 
 
Profit for the period attributable to equity holders
1,911
4,007
Own credit relating to derivative liabilities
6
(11)
Ordinary share dividends paid and foreseen
(300)
(600)
Purchased and foreseeable share repurchase
(1,000)
Other equity coupons paid and foreseen
(240)
(486)
Increase in retained regulatory capital generated from earnings
1,377
1,910
 
 
 
Net impact of share schemes
201
(48)
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve
175
408
Currency translation reserve
(1,025)
(1,571)
Other reserves
(69)
(67)
Decrease in other qualifying reserves
(718)
(1,278)
 
 
 
Pension remeasurements within reserves
(152)
(200)
Defined benefit pension fund asset deduction
149
190
Net impact of pensions
(3)
(10)
 
 
 
Additional value adjustments (PVA)
(92)
164
Goodwill and intangible assets
89
114
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences
105
148
Excess of expected loss over impairment
(25)
72
Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments
(1)
(4)
Adjustment under IFRS 9 transitional arrangements
(138)
Other regulatory adjustments
19
9
Increase in regulatory capital due to adjustments and deductions
95
365
 
 
 
Closing CET1 capital
49,545
49,545
 
CET1 capital increased by £1.0bn to £49.5bn (December 2024: £48.6bn). Significant movements in the period were:
 
£4.0bn of capital generated from profit partially offset by distributions of £2.1bn comprising:
 
-
£1.0bn of completed share buybacks announced with FY24 results
-
£0.6bn accrual towards the total 2025 dividend
-
£0.5bn of equity coupons paid and foreseen
 
£1.3bn decrease in other qualifying reserves including a £1.6bn reduction in the currency translation reserve primarily as a result of the strengthening of spot GBP against USD, partially offset by a £0.4bn gain in the fair value through other comprehensive income reserve.
 
RWAs by risk type and business
 
 
Credit risk
 
 
Counterparty credit risk
 
 
Market Risk
 
 
Operational risk
 
Total RWAs
 
 
STD
 
IRB
 
 
STD
 
IRB
 
Settlement Risk
 
CVA
 
 
STD
 
IMA
 
 
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Barclays UK
 
16,186
 
56,362
 
 
130
 
9
 
 
83
 
 
145
 
 
 
13,196
 
86,111
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
3,993
 
16,917
 
 
134
 
387
 
 
12
 
 
2
 
562
 
 
3,282
 
25,289
 
Barclays Private Bank & Wealth Management
 
4,892
 
497
 
 
172
 
26
 
1
 
19
 
 
49
 
394
 
 
1,870
 
7,920
 
Barclays Investment Bank
 
38,634
 
46,858
 
 
23,025
 
22,135
 
121
 
3,779
 
 
13,257
 
24,343
 
 
24,293
 
196,445
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
18,900
 
889
 
 
 
6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,856
 
24,651
 
Head Office
 
5,622
 
5,662
 
 
1
 
6
 
 
2
 
 
13
 
98
 
 
1,223
 
12,627
 
Barclays Group
 
88,227
 
127,185
 
 
23,462
 
22,569
 
122
 
3,895
 
 
13,466
 
25,397
 
 
48,720
 
353,043
 
As at 31.03.25
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays UK
 
15,346
 
56,050
 
 
140
 
5
 
 
47
 
 
184
 
 
 
13,196
 
84,968
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
3,780
 
16,213
 
 
105
 
348
 
 
11
 
 
2
 
471
 
 
3,282
 
24,212
 
Barclays Private Bank & Wealth Management
 
5,025
 
495
 
 
127
 
51
 
 
18
 
 
48
 
330
 
 
1,870
 
7,964
 
Barclays Investment Bank
 
40,169
 
45,915
 
 
22,924
 
22,540
 
139
 
3,190
 
 
13,458
 
23,306
 
 
24,293
 
195,934
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
19,723
 
993
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,856
 
25,572
 
Head Office
 
5,516
 
5,808
 
 
1
 
13
 
 
2
 
 
19
 
82
 
 
1,223
 
12,664
 
Barclays Group
 
89,559
 
125,474
 
 
23,297
 
22,957
 
139
 
3,268
 
 
13,711
 
24,189
 
 
48,720
 
351,314
 
 
As at 31.12.24
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays UK
 
15,516
 
55,301
 
 
146
 
11
 
 
74
 
 
228
 
 
 
13,181
 
84,457
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
3,932
 
15,680
 
 
106
 
336
 
 
12
 
 
16
 
548
 
 
3,282
 
23,912
 
Barclays Private Bank & Wealth Management
 
5,058
 
434
 
 
118
 
31
 
 
16
 
 
44
 
330
 
 
1,859
 
7,890
 
Barclays Investment Bank
 
40,957
 
49,231
 
 
21,889
 
24,094
 
70
 
2,913
 
 
12,442
 
23,023
 
 
24,164
 
198,783
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
21,019
 
966
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,864
 
26,849
 
Head Office
 
6,580
 
8,162
 
 
1
 
20
 
 
4
 
 
 
212
 
 
1,257
 
16,236
 
Barclays Group
 
93,062
 
129,774
 
 
22,260
 
24,492
 
70
 
3,019
 
 
12,730
 
24,113
 
 
48,607
 
358,127
 
 
 
Movement analysis of RWAs
 
Credit risk
 
Counterparty credit risk
 
Market risk
 
Operational risk
 
Total RWAs
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
RWAs as at 31.12.24
 
222,836
 
49,841
 
36,843
 
48,607
 
358,127
 
Book size
 
2,661
 
2,760
 
2,803
 
113
 
8,337
 
Acquisitions and disposals
 
(3,299)
 
 
 
 
(3,299)
 
Book quality
 
(1,121)
 
(121)
 
 
 
(1,242)
 
Model updates
 
304
 
68
 
 
 
372
 
Methodology and policy
 
(242)
 
(189)
 
 
 
(431)
 
Foreign exchange movements1
 
(5,727)
 
(2,311)
 
(783)
 
 
(8,821)
 
Total RWA movements
 
(7,424)
 
207
 
2,020
 
113
 
(5,084)
 
RWAs as at 30.06.25
 
215,412
 
50,048
 
38,863
 
48,720
 
353,043
 
 
1
Foreign exchange movements does not include the impact of foreign exchange for modelled market risk or operational risk.
 
Overall RWAs decreased £5.1bn to £353.0bn (Dec 2024: £358.1bn).
Credit risk RWAs decreased £7.4bn:
A £2.7bn increase in book size primarily reflecting continued lending growth in Barclays UK and UKCB
A £3.3bn decrease in acquisitions and disposals reflecting the sale of the German Consumer Finance business
A £1.1bn decrease in book quality RWAs primarily driven by improvements in credit quality within the Barclays UK mortgages portfolio
A £5.7bn decrease as a result of foreign exchange movements primarily due to the strengthening of spot GBP against USD
Counterparty credit risk RWAs increased £0.2bn:
A £2.8bn increase in book size primarily driven by client derivative activity within Global Markets, offset by a £2.3bn decrease as a result of foreign exchange movements primarily due to the strengthening of spot GBP against USD
Market risk RWAs increased £2.0bn:
A £2.8bn increase in book size within Global Markets, partially offset by foreign exchange movements primarily due to the strengthening of spot GBP against USD
 
Leverage ratios1
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.03.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
UK leverage ratio2
 
5.0%
 
5.0%
 
5.0%
 
T1 capital
 
62,811
 
62,057
 
60,634
 
UK leverage exposure
 
1,259,772
 
1,252,827
 
1,206,502
 
Average UK leverage ratio
 
4.7%
 
4.6%
 
4.6%
 
Average T1 capital
 
61,716
 
61,641
 
60,291
 
Average UK leverage exposure
 
1,324,772
 
1,340,481
 
1,308,335
 
 
1
2024 comparatives for UK leverage ratios have been calculated applying the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements in accordance with the CRR. Effective from 1 January 2025, the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements no longer applied.
2
Although the leverage ratio is expressed in terms of T1 capital, the leverage ratio buffers and 75% of the minimum requirement must be covered solely with CET1 capital. The CET1 capital held against the 0.53% G-SII ALRB was £6.6bn and against the 0.4% CCLB was £5.0bn.
 
The UK leverage ratio remained stable at 5.0% (December 2024: 5.0%), as the leverage exposure increased by £53.3bn to £1,259.8bn (December 2024: £1,206.5bn) offset by an increase of £2.2bn in Tier 1 capital. The increase in leverage exposure was largely driven by an increase in trading activity in IB, partially offset by the strengthening of spot GBP against USD.
 
Statement of Directors' Responsibilities
 
The Directors (the names of whom are set out below) are required to prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis unless it is not appropriate to do so. In making this assessment, the directors have considered information relating to present and future conditions. Each of the Directors confirm that to the best of their knowledge, the condensed consolidated interim financial statements and notes have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34, ‘Interim Financial Reporting’, as adopted by the UK, and that the interim management report herein includes a fair review of the information required by Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules 4.2.7R and 4.2.8R namely:
 
an indication of important events that have occurred during the six months ended 30 June 2025 and their impact on the condensed consolidated interim financial statements, and a description of the principal risks and uncertainties for the remaining six months of the financial year
 
any related party transactions in the six months ended 30 June 2025 that have materially affected the financial position or performance of Barclays during that period and any changes in the related party transactions described in the last Annual Report that could have a material effect on the financial position or performance of Barclays in the six months ended 30 June 2025
 
Signed on 28 July 2025 on behalf of the Board by

 
C.S. Venkatakrishnan
 
Anna Cross
 
Group Chief Executive
 
Group Finance Director
 
 
Barclays PLC Board of Directors
 
Chairman
 
Executive Directors
 
Non-Executive Directors
 
Nigel Higgins
 
C.S. Venkatakrishnan
 
Robert Berry
 
 
Anna Cross
 
Dawn Fitzpatrick
 
 
 
Mary Francis CBE
 
 
 
Brian Gilvary
 
 
 
Sir John Kingman
 
 
 
Diony Lebot
 
 
 
Mary Mack
 
 
 
Marc Moses
 
 
 
Brian Shea
 
 
 
Julia Wilson
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Review Report to Barclays PLC 
 
Conclusion
 
We have been engaged by Barclays PLC (“the Company” or “the Group”) to review the condensed set of financial statements in the Interim Results Announcement for the six months ended 30 June 2025 which comprises:
 
the condensed consolidated income statement and condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the period then ended;
the condensed consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2025;
the condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity for the period then ended;
the condensed consolidated cash flow statement for the period then ended; and
the related explanatory notes.
 
Based on our review, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the condensed set of financial statements in the Interim Results Announcement for the six months ended 30 June 2025 is not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting as adopted for use in the UK and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (“the DTR”) of the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority (“the UK FCA”).
 
Basis for conclusion
 
We conducted our review in accordance with International Standard on Review Engagements (UK) 2410 Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity (“ISRE (UK) 2410”) issued for use in the UK. A review of interim financial information consists of making enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures. We read the other information contained in the Interim Results Announcement and consider whether it contains any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the information in the condensed set of financial statements.
 
A review is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) and consequently does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all significant matters that might be identified in an audit. Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.  
 
Conclusions relating to going concern
 
Based on our review procedures, which are less extensive than those performed in an audit as described in the Basis for conclusion section of this report, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the directors have inappropriately adopted the going concern basis of accounting, or that the directors have identified material uncertainties relating to going concern that have not been appropriately disclosed.
 
This conclusion is based on the review procedures performed in accordance with ISRE (UK) 2410. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern, and the above conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group will continue in operation.
 
Directors’ responsibilities
 
The Interim Results Announcement is the responsibility of, and has been approved by, the directors. The directors are responsible for preparing the Interim Results Announcement in accordance with the DTR of the UK FCA.
 
As disclosed in note 1, the annual financial statements of the Group are prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards.
 
The directors are responsible for preparing the condensed set of financial statements included in the Interim Results Announcement in accordance with IAS 34 as adopted for use in the UK.
 
In preparing the condensed set of financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
 
Our responsibility
 
Our responsibility is to express to the Company a conclusion on the condensed set of financial statements in the Interim Results Announcement based on our review. Our conclusion, including our conclusions relating to going concern, are based on procedures that are less extensive than audit procedures, as described in the Basis for conclusion section of this report.
 
The purpose of our review work and to whom we owe our responsibilities
 
This report is made solely to the Company in accordance with the terms of our engagement to assist the Company in meeting the requirements of the DTR of the UK FCA. Our review has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company those matters we are required to state to it in this report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company for our review work, for this report, or for the conclusions we have reached.
 
Stuart Crisp
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP
Chartered Accountants
15 Canada Square
London, E14 5GL
 
28th July 2025
 
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Condensed consolidated income statement (unaudited)
 
 
Half year ended 30.06.25
Half year ended 30.06.24
 
Notes1
£m
£m
Interest and similar income
 
18,264
18,642
Interest and similar expense
 
(11,242)
(12,514)
Net interest income
 
7,022
6,128
Fee and commission income
3
5,656
5,429
Fee and commission expense
3
(1,972)
(1,691)
Net fee and commission income
3
3,684
3,738
Net trading income
 
4,171
3,228
Net investment (expense)/ income
 
(18)
160
Other income
 
 
37
23
Total income
 
14,896
13,277
 
 
 
 
Staff costs
4
(5,254)
(4,964)
Infrastructure, administration and general expenses
5
(3,153)
(3,033)
UK regulatory levies
 
 
(96)
(120)
Litigation and conduct
 
(87)
(64)
Operating expenses
 
(8,590)
(8,181)
 
 
 
 
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures
 
9
16
Profit before impairment
 
6,315
5,112
Credit impairment charges
 
(1,112)
(897)
Profit before tax
 
5,203
4,215
Tax charge
 
(1,173)
(892)
Profit after tax
 
4,030
3,323
 
 
 
 
Attributable to:
 
 
 
Shareholders of the parent
 
3,523
2,787
Other equity holders
 
484
510
Equity holders of the parent
 
4,007
3,297
Non-controlling interests
 
23
26
Profit after tax
 
4,030
3,323
 
 
 
 
Earnings per share
 
 
 
Basic earnings per ordinary share
 
6
 
24.7p
 
18.6p
 
Diluted earnings per ordinary share
 
6
 
23.8p
 
18.1p
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
For Notes to the Financial Statements see pages 69 to 89.
 
Condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income (unaudited)
 
 
Half year ended 30.06.25
Half year ended 30.06.24
 
Notes1
£m
£m
Profit after tax
 
4,030
3,323
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income/(loss) that may be recycled to profit or loss:2
 
 
 
Currency translation reserve
14
(1,571)
(84)
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve
14
408
(269)
Cash flow hedging reserve
14
1,720
(90)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) that may be recycled to profit
 
 
557
(443)
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income/(loss) not recycled to profit or loss:2
 
 
 
Retirement benefit remeasurements
13
(200)
(97)
Own credit
14
516
(462)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) not recycled to profit
 
 
316
(559)
 
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period
 
873
(1,002)
 
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income for the period
 
4,903
2,321
 
 
 
 
Attributable to:
 
 
 
Equity holders of the parent
 
4,880
2,295
Non-controlling interests
 
23
26
Total comprehensive income for the period
 
4,903
2,321
 
 
 
 
 
1
For Notes to the Financial Statements see pages 69 to 89.
2
Reported net of tax.
 
Condensed consolidated balance sheet (unaudited)
 
 
As at 30.06.25
As at 31.12.24
Assets
Notes1
£m
£m
Cash and balances at central banks
 
225,723
210,184
Cash collateral and settlement balances
 
152,316
119,843
Debt securities at amortised cost
 
69,936
68,210
Loans and advances at amortised cost to banks
 
8,697
8,327
Loans and advances at amortised cost to customers
 
339,131
337,946
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending at amortised cost
 
7,917
4,734
Trading portfolio assets
 
187,223
166,453
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement
 
218,552
193,734
Derivative financial instruments
8
280,194
293,530
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
77,311
78,059
Investments in associates and joint ventures
 
913
891
Goodwill and intangible assets
10
 
8,186
8,275
Property, plant and equipment
 
3,504
3,604
Current tax assets
 
174
155
Deferred tax assets
 
5,241
6,321
Retirement benefit assets
13
 
2,997
3,263
Assets included in a disposal group classified as held for sale
 
5,585
9,854
Other assets
 
5,100
4,819
Total assets
 
1,598,700
1,518,202
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
Deposits at amortised cost from banks
 
19,348
13,203
Deposits at amortised cost from customers
 
545,187
547,460
Cash collateral and settlement balances
 
140,011
106,229
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowings at amortised cost
 
35,469
39,415
Debt securities in issue
 
104,910
92,402
Subordinated liabilities
11
12,529
11,921
Trading portfolio liabilities
 
69,305
56,908
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
317,485
282,224
Derivative financial instruments
8
265,376
279,415
Current tax liabilities
 
905
566
Deferred tax liabilities
 
18
18
Retirement benefit liabilities
13
244
240
Provisions
12
1,364
1,383
Liabilities included in a disposal group classified as held for sale
 
3,726
Other liabilities
 
10,194
10,611
Total liabilities
 
1,522,345
1,445,721
 
 
 
 
Equity
 
 
 
Called up share capital and share premium
 
4,201
4,186
Other reserves
14
693
(468)
Retained earnings
 
57,746
56,028
Shareholders' equity attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent
 
62,640
59,746
Other equity instruments
 
13,266
12,075
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests
 
75,906
71,821
Non-controlling interests2
 
449
660
Total equity
 
76,355
72,481
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and equity
 
1,598,700
1,518,202
 
 
1
For Notes to the Financial Statements see pages 69 to 89.
2
On 16 June 2025, Barclays Bank PLC redeemed and cancelled the outstanding 4.75% Non-Cumulative Callable Euro Preference Series 2 Shares. The principal outstanding was €319m. The movement of £211m in non-controlling interests relates to transfer of the share premium from the original issuance to retained earnings.
 
 
Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity (unaudited)
 
Called up share capital and share premium1,2
 
Other equity instruments3
 
Other reserves4
 
 
 
 
Retained earnings
 
 
 
 
Total
 
Non-controlling interests5
 
 
 
Total equity
 
Half year ended 30.06.2025
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Balance as at 1 January 2025
4,186
12,075
(468)
56,028
71,821
660
72,481
Profit after tax
484
3,523
4,007
23
4,030
Currency translation movements
(1,571)
(1,571)
(1,571)
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve
408
408
408
Cash flow hedges
1,720
1,720
1,720
Retirement benefit remeasurements
(200)
(200)
(200)
Own credit
516
516
516
Total comprehensive income for the period
484
1,073
3,323
4,880
23
4,903
Employee share schemes and hedging thereof
82
669
751
751
Issue and redemption of other equity instruments
1,182
(5)
1,177
1,177
Other equity instruments coupon paid
(484)
(484)
(484)
Redemption of preference shares
(59)
(59)
(211)
(270)
Vesting of employee share schemes net of purchases
19
(585)
(566)
(566)
Dividends paid
(791)
(791)
(23)
(814)
Repurchase of shares
(67)
67
(834)
(834)
(834)
Other movements
9
2
11
11
Balance as at 30 June 2025
4,201
13,266
693
57,746
75,906
449
76,355
 
Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity (unaudited)
 
 
Called up share capital and share premium1, 2
 
Other equity instruments3
 
Other reserves4
 
 
 
 
Retained earnings
 
 
 
 
Total
 
Non-controlling interests
 
 
 
Total equity
 
Half year ended 31.12.2024
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Balance as at 1 July 2024
4,256
12,959
(882)
54,840
71,173
660
71,833
Profit after tax
481
2,529
3,010
23
3,033
Currency translation movements
38
38
38
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve
(238)
(238)
(238)
Cash flow hedges
867
867
867
Retirement benefit remeasurements
(206)
(206)
(206)
Own credit
(360)
(360)
(360)
Total comprehensive income for the period
481
307
2,323
3,111
23
3,134
Employee share schemes and hedging thereof
38
292
330
330
Issue and redemption of other equity instruments
(892)
(4)
(896)
(896)
Other equity instruments coupon paid
(481)
(481)
(481)
Vesting of employee shares scheme net of purchases
(4)
(20)
(24)
(24)
Dividends paid
(425)
(425)
(23)
(448)
Repurchase of shares
(108)
108
(978)
(978)
(978)
Other movements
8
3
11
11
Balance as at 31 December 2024
4,186
12,075
(468)
56,028
71,821
660
72,481
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity (unaudited)
 
 
Called up share capital and share premium1, 2
 
Other equity instruments3
 
Other reserves4
 
 
 
 
Retained earnings
 
 
 
 
Total
 
Non-controlling interests
 
 
 
Total equity
 
Half year ended 30.06.24
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Balance as at 1 January 2024
4,288
13,259
(77)
53,734
71,204
660
71,864
Profit after tax
510
2,787
3,297
26
3,323
Currency translation movements
(84)
(84)
(84)
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve
(269)
(269)
(269)
Cash flow hedges
(90)
(90)
(90)
Retirement benefit remeasurements
(97)
(97)
(97)
Own credit
(462)
(462)
(462)
Total comprehensive income for the period
510
(905)
2,690
2,295
26
2,321
Employee share schemes and hedging thereof
65
582
647
647
Issue and redemption of other equity instruments
(263)
(92)
(355)
(355)
Other equity instruments coupon paid
(510)
(510)
(510)
Vesting of employee shares scheme net of purchases
3
(488)
(485)
(485)
Dividends paid
(796)
(796)
(26)
(822)
Repurchase of shares
(97)
97
(782)
(782)
(782)
Other movements
(37)
(8)
(45)
(45)
Balance as at 30 June 2024
4,256
12,959
(882)
54,840
71,173
660
71,833
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
As at 30 June 2025, Called up share capital comprises 14,180m (December 2024: 14,420m) ordinary shares of 25p each.
2
During the six months ended 30 June 2025, Barclays PLC announced, alongside its FY24 results, a share buyback programme of £1,000m. This programme was partially executed during the period, with completion occurring on 24 July 2025. As part of this buyback, 270 million shares were repurchased and cancelled in the period. The nominal value of £67 million relating to these shares was transferred from Share capital to the Capital redemption reserve within Other reserves. In the year ended 31 December 2024, Barclays PLC completed two separate share buyback programmes totalling £1,750m. A total of 818 million shares were repurchased and cancelled, with a nominal value of £205 million transferred from Share capital to the Capital redemption reserve within Other reserves.
3
Other equity instruments of £13,266m (December 2024: £12,075m) comprise AT1 securities issued by Barclays PLC. There were two issuances in the form of Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities for £2,177m (net of £9m issuance costs) and one redemption of £995m (net of £5m issuance costs, transferred to retained earnings on redemption) for the period ended 30 June 2025. During the period ended 31 December 2024, there were two issuances in the form of Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities, for £1,598m, which includes issuance costs of £6m and two redemptions totalling £2,753m.
4
Details are shown in Note 14 - Other reserves on page 81.
5
On 16 June 2025, Barclays Bank PLC redeemed and cancelled the outstanding 4.75% Non-Cumulative Callable Euro Preference Series 2 Shares. The principal outstanding was €319m. The movement of £211m in non-controlling interests relates to transfer of the share premium from the original issuance to retained earnings.
 
Condensed consolidated cash flow statement (unaudited)
 
Half year ended 30.06.25
Half year ended 30.06.24
 
£m
 
£m
 
Profit before tax
 
5,203
 
4,215
 
Adjustment for non-cash and other items
 
9,466
 
4,976
 
Net (increase)/decrease in loans and advances at amortised cost
 
(1,950)
 
1,839
 
Net increase in deposits at amortised cost
 
3,872
 
18,663
 
Net increase/(decrease) in debt securities in issue
 
8,195
 
(1,686)
 
Changes in other operating assets and liabilities
 
(3,772)
 
10,103
 
Corporate income tax paid
 
(712)
 
(540)
 
Net cash from operating activities
 
20,302
 
37,570
 
Net cash from investing activities
 
(4,184)
 
(16,333)
 
Net cash from financing activities1
 
3,720
 
166
 
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
 
(2,632)
 
(1,624)
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
 
17,206
 
19,779
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period
 
235,611
 
248,007
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
 
252,817
 
267,786
 
 
1
Issuance and redemption of debt securities included in financing activities relate to instruments that qualify as eligible liabilities and satisfy regulatory requirements for MREL instruments which came into effect during 2019
 
Financial Statement Notes
 
1.
Basis of preparation
 
These condensed consolidated interim financial statements ("the financial statements") for the six months ended 30 June 2025 have been prepared in accordance with the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTR) of the UK’s FCA, and IAS 34, Interim Financial Reporting, as published by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and adopted by the UK.
 
The condensed consolidated interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2024. The annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2024 were prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations (IFRICs) as issued by the IASB and adopted by the UK.
 
The accounting policies and methods of computation used in these condensed consolidated interim financial statements are the same as those used in the Barclays PLC Annual Report for the financial year ended 31 December 2024.
 
i.
Going concern
 
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the Group and parent company have the resources to continue in business for a period of at least 12 months from approval of the interim financial statements. In making this assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of information relating to present and future conditions and includes a review of a working capital report (WCR). The WCR is used by the Directors to assess the future performance of the business and that it has the resources in place that are required to meet its ongoing regulatory requirements. The WCR also includes an assessment of the impact of internally generated stress testing scenarios on the liquidity and capital requirement forecasts. The stress tests used were based upon an assessment of reasonably possible downside economic scenarios that the Group could experience.
 
The WCR indicated that the Group had sufficient capital in place to support its future business requirements and remained above its regulatory minimum requirements in the internal stress scenarios.
 
ii.
Other disclosures
The Credit risk disclosures on pages 28 to 48 form part of these interim financial statements.
 
2.
Segmental reporting
 
Analysis of results by business
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays UK
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
Barclays Investment Bank
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
Head Office
 
Barclays Group
 
Half year ended 30.06.25
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Net interest income
 
3,677
 
701
 
407
 
631
 
1,318
 
288
 
7,022
 
Non-interest income/(expense)
 
516
 
302
 
290
 
6,549
 
369
 
(152)
 
7,874
 
Total income
 
4,193
 
1,003
 
697
 
7,180
 
1,687
 
136
 
14,896
 
Of which inter-segmental income/(expense)
 
1
 
985
 
915
 
(1,895)
 
(3)
 
(3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating costs
 
(2,283)
 
(474)
 
(472)
 
(3,993)
 
(803)
 
(382)
 
(8,407)
 
UK regulatory levies
 
(43)
 
(24)
 
(2)
 
(27)
 
 
 
(96)
 
Litigation and conduct
 
(29)
 
(39)
 
 
(11)
 
(3)
 
(5)
 
(87)
 
Total operating expenses
 
(2,355)
 
(537)
 
(474)
 
(4,031)
 
(806)
 
(387)
 
(8,590)
 
Other net income1
 
 
 
 
 
 
9
 
9
 
Profit/(loss) before impairment
 
1,838
 
466
 
223
 
3,149
 
881
 
(242)
 
6,315
 
Credit impairment (charges)/ releases
 
(237)
 
(31)
 
11
 
(139)
 
(711)
 
(5)
 
(1,112)
 
Profit/(loss) before tax
 
1,601
 
435
 
234
 
3,010
 
170
 
(247)
 
5,203
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 30.06.25
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Total assets
 
299.7
 
68.2
 
41.8
 
1,133.1
 
31.4
 
24.5
 
1,598.7
 
Total liabilities
 
282.8
101.9
76.3
1,026.6
23.6
11.1
1,522.3
 
 
 
Barclays UK
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
Barclays Investment Bank
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
Head Office
 
Barclays Group
 
Half year ended 30.06.24
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Net interest income
 
3,146
 
573
 
362
 
465
 
1,334
 
248
 
6,128
 
Non-interest income
 
567
 
304
 
270
 
5,882
 
344
 
(218)
 
7,149
 
Total income
 
3,713
 
877
 
632
 
6,347
 
1,678
 
30
 
13,277
 
Of which inter-segmental income/(expense)
 
(23)
 
1,221
 
1,045
 
(1,951)
 
(3)
 
(289)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating costs
 
(2,048)
 
(456)
 
(434)
 
(3,858)
 
(796)
 
(406)
 
(7,997)
 
UK regulatory levies
 
(54)
 
(30)
 
(3)
 
(33)
 
 
 
(120)
 
Litigation and conduct
 
(6)
 
 
1
 
(11)
 
(4)
 
(43)
 
(64)
 
Total operating expenses
 
(2,108)
 
(486)
 
(436)
 
(3,902)
 
(800)
 
(449)
 
(8,181)
 
Other net income
 
 
 
 
 
 
16
 
16
 
Profit/(loss) before impairment
 
1,605
 
391
 
196
 
2,445
 
878
 
(403)
 
5,112
 
Credit impairment (charges)/releases
 
(66)
 
(23)
 
3
 
(34)
 
(719)
 
(58)
 
(897)
 
Profit/(loss) before tax
 
1,539
 
368
 
199
 
2,411
 
159
 
(461)
 
4,215
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 31.12.24
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Total assets
 
299.8
 
61.2
 
34.1
 
1,053.9
 
35.4
 
33.8
 
1,518.2
 
Total liabilities
 
284.1
94.4
75.0
952.1
24.5
15.6
1,445.7
 
Inter-segmental income/(expense) refers to the internal charging of revenues between different business segments, reflecting how resources such as funding, capital, or services are utilised across the organisation. Segments which operate with a net customer deposit position contribute surplus deposits as a funding source for other Group segment activities.
 
1
Other net income/(expense) represents the share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures, profit (or loss) on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures and gains on acquisitions.
 
3.
Net fee and commission income
 
 
Fee and commission income is disaggregated below and includes a total for fees in scope of IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Refer to Note 2 - Segmental reporting for information about operating segments.
 
 
Barclays UK
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
Barclays Investment Bank
 
Barclays US consumer Bank
 
Head Office
 
Barclays Group
 
Half year ended 30.06.25
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Fee type
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transactional
 
608
 
229
 
15
 
171
 
1,333
 
140
 
2,496
 
Advisory
 
 
 
166
 
282
 
 
 
448
 
Brokerage and execution
 
100
 
 
79
 
979
 
 
 
1,158
 
Underwriting and syndication
 
18
 
51
 
 
1,391
 
 
 
1,460
 
Other
 
6
 
 
 
 
 
9
 
15
 
Total revenue from contracts with customers
 
732
 
280
 
260
 
2,823
 
1,333
 
149
 
5,577
 
Other non-contract fee income
 
 
14
 
 
65
 
 
 
79
 
Fee and commission income
 
732
 
294
 
260
 
2,888
 
1,333
 
149
 
5,656
 
Fee and commission expense
 
(242)
 
(46)
 
(18)
 
(675)
 
(959)
 
(32)
 
(1,972)
 
Net fee and commission income
 
490
 
248
 
242
 
2,213
 
374
 
117
 
3,684
 
 
 
Barclays UK
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
Barclays Investment Bank
 
Barclays US consumer Bank
 
Head Office
 
Barclays Group
 
Half year ended 30.06.24
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Fee type
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transactional
 
551
 
232
 
16
 
171
 
1,320
 
171
 
2,461
 
Advisory
 
156
325
481
Brokerage and execution
 
107
 
 
62
 
776
 
 
 
945
 
Underwriting and syndication
 
17
 
46
 
 
1,391
 
 
 
1,454
 
Other
 
13
 
 
 
 
 
6
 
19
 
Total revenue from contracts with customers
 
688
 
278
 
234
 
2,663
 
1,320
 
177
 
5,360
 
Other non-contract fee income
 
 
11
 
 
58
 
 
 
69
 
Fee and commission income
 
688
 
289
 
234
 
2,721
 
1,320
 
177
 
5,429
 
Fee and commission expense
 
(177)
 
(43)
 
(19)
 
(516)
 
(893)
 
(43)
 
(1,691)
 
Net fee and commission income
 
511
 
246
 
215
 
2,205
 
427
 
134
 
3,738
 
 
Fee types
 
Transactional fees are service charges on deposit accounts, cash management services and transactional processing fees. These include interchange and merchant fee income generated from credit and bank card usage.
 
Advisory fees are generated from wealth management services and investment banking advisory services related to mergers, acquisitions and financial restructurings.
 
Brokerage and execution fees are earned for executing client transactions with various exchanges and over-the-counter markets and assisting clients in clearing transactions and facilitating foreign exchange transactions for spot/forward contracts.
 
Underwriting and syndication fees are earned for the distribution of client equity or debt securities and the arrangement and administration of a loan syndication. These include commitment fees to provide loan financing.
 
4.
Staff costs
 
 
Half year ended 30.06.25
Half year ended 30.06.24
Compensation costs
£m
£m
Upfront bonus charge
679
675
Deferred bonus charge
304
269
Other incentives
29
35
Performance costs
1,012
979
Salaries
2,549
2,491
Social security costs
442
395
Post-retirement benefits
280
296
Other compensation costs
354
282
Total compensation costs
4,637
4,443
 
 
 
Other resourcing costs
 
 
Outsourcing
437
299
Redundancy and restructuring
83
138
Temporary staff costs
33
31
Other
64
53
Total other resourcing costs
617
521
 
 
 
Total staff costs
5,254
4,964
 
 
 
Barclays Group compensation costs as a % of total income
31.1%
33.5%
 
 
 
 
5.
Infrastructure, administration and general expenses
 
 
Half year ended 30.06.25
Half year ended 30.06.24
Infrastructure costs
£m
£m
Property and equipment
923
 
857
 
Depreciation and amortisation
885
 
843
 
Impairment of property, equipment and intangible assets
8
 
4
 
Total infrastructure costs
1,816
 
1,704
 
 
 
 
Administration and general expenses
 
 
Consultancy, legal and professional fees
371
 
388
 
Marketing and advertising
287
 
308
 
Other administration and general expenses
679
 
633
 
Total administration and general expenses
1,337
 
1,329
 
 
 
 
Total infrastructure, administration and general expenses
3,153
 
3,033
 
 
 
6.
Earnings per share
 
 
Half year ended 30.06.25
 
Half year ended 30.06.24
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent
 
3,523
 
2,787
 
 
 
 
 
m
 
m
 
Basic weighted average number of shares in issue
 
14,262
 
14,972
 
Number of potential ordinary shares
 
513
 
445
 
Diluted weighted average number of shares
 
14,775
 
15,417
 
 
 
 
 
p
 
p
 
Basic earnings per ordinary share
 
24.7
 
18.6
 
Diluted earnings per ordinary share
 
23.8
 
18.1
 
 
 
 
 
7.
Dividends on ordinary shares
 
 
Half year ended 30.06.25
Half year ended 30.06.24
 
Per share
 
Total
 
Per share
 
Total
 
Dividends paid during the period
 
p
 
£m
 
p
 
£m
 
Full year dividend paid during period
 
5.50
 
791
 
5.30
 
796
 
 
It is Barclays' policy to declare and pay dividends on a semi-annual basis. The 2024 full year dividend of 5.5p per ordinary share was paid on 4 April 2025 to the shareholders on the Share Register on 28 February 2025. A half year dividend for 2025 of 3.0p (H124: 2.9p) per ordinary share will be paid on 16 September 2025.
 
For qualifying American Depositary Receipt (ADR) holders, the half year dividend of 3.0p per ordinary share becomes 12.0p per American Depositary Share (ADS) (representing four shares). The depositary bank will post the half year dividend on 16 September 2025 to ADR holders on the record at close of business on 8 August 2025.
 
The Directors have confirmed their intention to initiate a share buyback of up to £1bn after the balance sheet date. The share buyback is expected to commence in the third quarter of 2025. The financial statements for the six months ended 30 June 2025 do not reflect the impact of the proposed share buyback, which will be accounted for as and when shares are repurchased by the Company. Dividends and share buybacks are funded out of distributable reserves.
 
 
8.
Derivative financial instruments
 
 
Contract notional amount
 
Fair value
 
 
 
Assets
 
Liabilities
 
As at 30.06.25
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Foreign exchange derivatives
 
9,404,176
 
 
96,359
 
(93,246)
 
Interest rate derivatives
 
81,608,401
 
 
95,461
 
(81,613)
 
Credit derivatives
 
1,710,599
 
 
8,471
 
(8,994)
 
Equity and stock index and commodity derivatives
 
3,488,521
 
 
76,562
 
(80,909)
 
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading
 
96,211,697
 
 
276,853
 
(264,762)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives in hedge accounting relationships
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
 
151,346
 
 
3,070
 
(92)
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges
 
161,698
 
 
71
 
(476)
 
Derivatives designated as hedges of net investments
 
4,412
 
 
200
 
(46)
 
Derivative assets/(liabilities) designated in hedge accounting relationships
 
317,456
 
 
3,341
 
(614)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total recognised derivative assets/(liabilities)
 
96,529,153
 
 
280,194
 
(265,376)
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 31.12.24
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange derivatives
 
8,517,266
 
 
123,724
 
(116,671)
 
Interest rate derivatives
 
70,905,836
 
 
95,631
 
(83,967)
 
Credit derivatives
 
1,537,115
 
 
6,898
 
(7,455)
 
Equity and stock index and commodity derivatives
 
3,164,854
 
 
64,738
 
(70,502)
 
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading
 
84,125,071
 
 
290,991
 
(278,595)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives in hedge accounting relationships
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
 
147,180
 
 
2,338
 
(320)
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges
 
159,182
 
 
165
 
(434)
 
Derivatives designated as hedges of net investments
 
4,014
 
 
36
 
(66)
 
Derivative assets/(liabilities) designated in hedge accounting relationships
 
310,376
 
 
2,539
 
(820)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total recognised derivative assets/(liabilities)
 
84,435,447
 
 
293,530
 
(279,415)
 
 
The IFRS netting posted against derivative assets was £43bn including £5bn of cash collateral netted (December 2024: £47bn including £5bn cash collateral netted) and £43bn for liabilities including £4bn of cash collateral netted (December 2024: £46bn including £6bn of cash collateral netted). Derivative asset exposures would be £248bn (December 2024: £261bn) lower than reported under IFRS if netting were permitted for assets and liabilities with the same counterparty or for which the Group holds cash collateral of £32bn (December 2024: £31bn). Similarly, derivative liabilities would be £240bn (December 2024: £254bn) lower reflecting counterparty netting and cash collateral placed of £23bn (December 2024: £23bn). In addition, non-cash collateral of £13bn (December 2024: £13bn) was held in respect of derivative assets £5bn (December 2024: £5bn) was placed in respect of derivative liabilities. Collateral amounts are limited to net on balance sheet exposure so as to not include over-collateralisation
 
9.
Fair value of financial instruments
 
This section should be read in conjunction with Note 17, Fair value of financial instruments of the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2024 which provides more detail regarding accounting policies adopted, valuation methodologies used in calculating fair value and the valuation control framework which governs oversight of valuations. There have been no changes in the accounting policies adopted or the valuation methodologies used in the period.
 
Valuation
 
 
The following table shows the Group’s assets and liabilities that are held at fair value disaggregated by valuation technique (fair value hierarchy) and balance sheet classification:
 
 
Valuation technique using
 
 
 
Quoted market prices
 
Observable inputs
 
Significant unobservable inputs
 
 
 
(Level 1)
 
(Level 2)
 
(Level 3)
 
Total
 
As at 30.06.25
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Trading portfolio assets
 
87,555
 
89,789
 
9,879
 
187,223
 
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement
 
7,702
 
202,019
 
8,831
 
218,552
 
Derivative financial instruments
 
108
 
278,097
 
1,989
 
280,194
 
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
24,755
 
49,378
 
3,178
 
77,311
 
Investment property
 
 
 
42
 
42
 
Total assets
 
120,120
 
619,283
 
23,919
 
763,322
 
Trading portfolio liabilities
 
(39,606)
 
(29,275)
 
(424)
 
(69,305)
 
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
(1,576)
 
(313,061)
 
(2,848)
 
(317,485)
 
Derivative financial instruments
 
(93)
 
(262,422)
 
(2,861)
 
(265,376)
 
Total liabilities
 
(41,275)
 
(604,758)
 
(6,133)
 
(652,166)
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 31.12.24
 
 
 
 
 
Trading portfolio assets
 
77,761
 
78,577
 
10,115
 
166,453
 
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement
 
3,526
 
181,784
 
8,424
 
193,734
 
Derivative financial instruments
 
101
 
291,352
 
2,077
 
293,530
 
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
25,913
 
48,407
 
3,739
 
78,059
 
Investment property
 
 
 
9
 
9
 
Total assets
 
107,301
 
600,120
 
24,364
 
731,785
 
Trading portfolio liabilities
 
(27,694)
 
(28,819)
 
(395)
 
(56,908)
 
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
(181)
 
(278,785)
 
(3,258)
 
(282,224)
 
Derivative financial instruments
 
(86)
 
(276,148)
 
(3,181)
 
(279,415)
 
Total liabilities
 
(27,961)
 
(583,752)
 
(6,834)
 
(618,547)
 
 
The following table shows the Group’s Level 3 assets and liabilities that are held at fair value disaggregated by product type:
 
As at 30.06.25
 
Loans
 
Corporate debt
 
Asset backed securities
 
Government debt
 
Private equity investments
 
Issued debt
 
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements
 
Interest rate derivatives
 
Equity derivatives
 
Other products1
 
Total
 
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Trading portfolio assets
 
5,468
1,843
883
1,199
486
9,879
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement
 
6,096
835
178
32
1,187
402
101
8,831
Derivative financial instruments
 
915
617
457
1,989
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
2,350
67
757
4
3,178
Investment property
 
42
42
Total assets
 
13,914
2,745
1,818
1,231
1,191
402
915
617
1,086
23,919
Trading portfolio liabilities
 
(36)
(325)
(63)
(424)
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
(17)
(1,575)
(1,240)
(16)
(2,848)
Derivative financial instruments
 
(774)
(1,349)
(738)
(2,861)
Total liabilities
 
(36)
(325)
(17)
(1,575)
(1,240)
(774)
(1,349)
(817)
(6,133)
 
 
As at 31.12.24
 
Loans
 
Corporate debt
 
Asset backed securities
 
Government debt
 
Private equity investments
 
Issued debt
 
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements
 
Interest rate derivatives
 
Equity derivatives
 
Other products1
 
Total
 
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Trading portfolio assets
 
6,146
1,590
991
1,018
370
10,115
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement
 
5,455
913
139
35
1,166
539
177
8,424
Derivative financial instruments
 
1,193
481
403
2,077
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
2,858
108
757
12
4
3,739
Investment property
 
9
9
Total assets
 
14,459
2,611
1,887
1,065
1,170
539
1,193
481
959
24,364
Trading portfolio liabilities
 
(374)
(6)
(15)
(395)
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
(17)
(1,842)
(1,379)
(20)
(3,258)
Derivative financial instruments
 
(1,013)
(1,219)
(949)
(3,181)
Total liabilities
 
(374)
(6)
(17)
(1,842)
(1,379)
(1,013)
(1,219)
(984)
(6,834)
 
1
Other products include funds and fund-linked products, equity cash products, investment property, credit derivatives and foreign exchange derivatives.
 
Assets and liabilities transferred between Level 1 and Level 2
 
During the six-month period ended 30 June 2025, there were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 (year ended 31 December 2024: no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2).
 
Level 3 movement analysis
 
The following table summarises the movements in the balances of Level 3 assets and liabilities during the six-month period. Transfers have been reflected as if they had taken place at the beginning of the period.
 
Asset and liability transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 are primarily due to i) an increase or decrease in observable market activity related to an input or ii) a change in the significance of the unobservable input, with assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 if an unobservable input is deemed significant.
 
Analysis of movements in Level 3 assets and liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 01.01.25
 
 
 
 
 
Total gains and (losses) in the period recognised in the income statement
 
Total gains and (losses) in the period recognised in OCI
 
Transfers
As at 30.06.25
 
 
Purchases
 
Sales
 
Issues
 
Settlements
 
Trading income2
 
Other income
 
In
 
Out
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Trading portfolio assets
 
10,115
4,125
(3,524)
(1,147)
136
439
(265)
9,879
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement
 
8,424
2,469
(1,200)
(573)
(75)
8
63
(285)
8,831
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
3,739
566
(1,447)
(6)
2
29
307
(12)
3,178
Investment property
 
9
33
42
Trading portfolio liabilities
 
(395)
(46)
28
37
(57)
9
(424)
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
(3,258)
91
(617)
31
88
(179)
996
(2,848)
Net derivative financial instruments1
 
(1,104)
(17)
249
166
3
(34)
(135)
(872)
Total
 
17,530
7,130
(5,803)
(617)
(1,695)
354
40
539
308
17,786
 
 
 
Analysis of movements in Level 3 assets and liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 01.01.24
 
 
 
 
 
Total gains and (losses) in the period recognised in the income statement
 
Total gains and (losses) in the period recognised in OCI
 
Transfers
As at 30.06.24
 
 
Purchases
 
Sales
 
Issues
 
Settlements
 
Trading income2
 
Other income
 
In
 
Out
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Trading portfolio assets
 
6,509
3,113
(1,007)
(714)
(7)
1,046
(214)
8,726
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement
 
8,249
2,804
(1,484)
(380)
(19)
174
291
(118)
9,517
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
1,078
1,854
(42)
1
11
(448)
2,454
Investment property
 
2
(1)
1
Trading portfolio liabilities
 
(368)
(24)
17
18
(34)
6
(385)
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
(1,222)
(6)
28
(627)
16
(27)
(21)
(881)
248
(2,492)
Net derivative financial instruments1
 
(1,113)
(182)
32
(19)
(169)
(181)
21
109
(1,502)
Total
 
13,135
7,559
(2,457)
(646)
(1,247)
(215)
164
443
(417)
16,319
1
Derivative financial instruments are presented on a net basis. On a gross basis, derivative financial assets were £1,989m (June 2024: £2,833m) and derivative financial liabilities were £(2,861)m (June 2024: £(4,335)m).
2
Trading income represents gains and losses on Level 3 financial instruments which in the majority are offset by losses and gains on financial instruments disclosed in Level 2.
 
Unrealised gains and losses on Level 3 assets and liabilities
 
The following table discloses the unrealised gains and losses recognised in the six-month period arising on Level 3 assets and liabilities held at the period end:
 
 
Half year ended 30.06.25
 
Half year ended 30.06.24
 
 
Income statement
Other comprehensive income
 
Total
Income statement
Other comprehensive income
 
Total
 
Trading income1
 
Other income
 
Trading income1
 
Other income
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Trading portfolio assets
 
21
 
 
 
21
 
(2)
 
 
 
(2)
 
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement
 
(74)
 
7
 
 
(67)
 
1
 
47
 
 
48
 
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
1
 
28
 
 
29
 
1
 
11
 
 
12
 
Investment property
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading portfolio liabilities
 
34
 
 
 
34
 
17
 
 
 
17
 
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
 
87
 
 
 
87
 
(29)
 
(10)
 
 
(39)
 
Net derivative financial instruments
 
164
 
3
 
 
167
 
(180)
 
 
 
(180)
 
Total
 
233
 
38
 
 
271
 
(192)
 
48
 
 
(144)
 
 
1
Trading income represents gains and losses on Level 3 financial instruments which in the majority are offset by losses and gains on financial instruments disclosed in Level 2.
 
Valuation techniques and sensitivity analysis
 
Sensitivity analysis is performed on products with significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) to generate a range of reasonably possible alternative valuations. The sensitivity methodologies applied take account of the nature of valuation techniques used, as well as the availability and reliability of observable proxy and historical data and the impact of using alternative models.
 
Sensitivities are dynamically calculated on a monthly basis. The calculation is based on range or spread data of a reliable reference source or a scenario based on relevant market analysis alongside the impact of using alternative models. Sensitivities are calculated without reflecting the impact of any diversification in the portfolio.
 
Current period valuation and sensitivity methodologies are consistent with those described within Note 17, Fair value of financial instruments in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2024.
 
Sensitivity analysis of valuations using unobservable inputs (Relates to Level 3 Portfolios)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
 
Favourable changes
 
Unfavourable changes
 
Favourable changes
 
Unfavourable changes
 
 
Income statement
 
Equity
 
Income statement
 
Equity
 
Income statement
 
Equity
 
Income statement
 
Equity
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
  Loans
306
 
38
 
(285)
 
(38)
 
653
 
43
 
(766)
 
(43)
 
  Corporate debt
77
 
1
 
(49)
 
(1)
 
87
 
 
(56)
 
 
  Asset backed securities
83
 
8
 
(57)
 
(8)
 
57
 
4
 
(40)
 
(4)
 
  Government debt
54
 
 
(62)
 
 
47
 
 
(56)
 
 
  Private equity investments
230
 
1
 
(230)
 
(1)
 
232
 
 
(232)
 
 
  Interest rate derivatives
85
 
 
(158)
 
 
98
 
 
(212)
 
 
  Equity derivatives
221
 
 
(261)
 
 
199
 
 
(269)
 
 
  Other Products1
84
 
 
(99)
 
 
92
 
 
(104)
 
 
Total
1,140
 
48
 
(1,201)
 
(48)
 
1,465
 
47
 
(1,735)
 
(47)
 
 
1
Other products includes funds and fund linked products, equity cash products, credit derivatives and foreign exchange derivatives.
 
The effect of stressing unobservable inputs to a range of reasonably possible alternatives, alongside considering the impact of using alternative models, would be to increase fair values by up to £1,188m (December 2024: £1,512m) or to decrease fair values by up to £1,249m (December 2024: £1,782m) with substantially all of the potential effect impacting profit and loss rather than reserves.
 
Significant unobservable inputs
 
The valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities recognised at fair value and classified as Level 3 are consistent with Note 17, Fair value of financial instruments in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2024.
 
Fair value adjustments
 
Key balance sheet valuation adjustments are quantified below:
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Exit price adjustments derived from market bid-offer spreads
 
(536)
 
(542)
 
Uncollateralised derivative funding
 
28
 
19
 
Derivative credit valuation adjustments
 
(189)
 
(184)
 
Derivative debit valuation adjustments
 
117
 
108
 
 
Exit price adjustments derived from market bid-offer spreads decreased by £6m to £(536)m.
Uncollateralised derivative funding increased by £9m to £28m on back of change in underlying moves in the exposure profile of the derivative portfolio in scope and input funding spreads.
Derivative credit valuation adjustments increased by £5m to £(189)m on back of change in underlying moves in the exposure profile of the derivative portfolio in scope and input credit spread.
Derivative debit valuation adjustments increased by £9m to £117m on back of change in underlying moves in the exposure profile of the derivative portfolio in scope and input Barclays Bank PLC credit spread.
 
Portfolio exemption
 
The Group uses the portfolio exemption in IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement to measure the fair value of groups of financial assets and liabilities. Financial instruments are measured using the price that would be received to sell a net long position (i.e. an asset) for a particular risk exposure or to transfer a net short position (i.e. a liability) for a particular risk exposure in an orderly transaction between market participants at the balance sheet date under current market conditions. Accordingly, the Group measures the fair value of the group of financial assets and liabilities consistently with how market participants would price the net risk exposure at the measurement date.
 
Unrecognised gains as a result of the use of valuation models using unobservable inputs
 
The amount that has yet to be recognised in income that relates to the difference between the transaction price (the fair value at initial recognition) and the amount that would have arisen had valuation models using unobservable inputs been used on initial recognition, less amounts subsequently recognised, is £266m (December 2024: £273m) for financial instruments measured at fair value and £168m (December 2024: £173m) for financial instruments carried at amortised cost. There are additions and FX revaluation of £47m (December 2024: £173m) and amortisation and releases of £54m (December 2024: £105m) in amounts attributable to financial instruments measured at fair value and additions of £nil (December 2024: £nil) and amortisation and releases of £5m (December 2024: £19m) in amounts attributable to financial instruments measured at amortised cost.
 
Third party credit enhancements
 
Structured and brokered certificates of deposit issued by the Group are insured up to $250,000 per depositor by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) in the United States. The FDIC is funded by fees that Barclays and other banks pay for deposit insurance coverage. The carrying value of these issued certificates of deposit that are designated under the IFRS 9 fair value option includes this third-party credit enhancement. The on-balance sheet value of these brokered certificates of deposit amounted to £3,004m (December 2024: £4,844m).
 
Comparison of carrying amounts and fair values for assets and liabilities not held at fair value
 
Valuation methodologies employed in calculating the fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost are consistent with those described within Note 17, Fair value of financial instruments in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2024.
 
The following table summarises the fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost on the Group’s balance sheet:
 
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
 
Carrying amount
 
Fair value
 
Carrying amount
 
Fair value
 
Financial assets
£m
£m
£m
£m
Debt securities at amortised cost
69,936
 
69,528
 
68,210
 
67,354
 
Loans and advances at amortised cost
347,828
 
345,952
 
346,273
 
343,016
 
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending
7,917
 
7,917
 
4,734
 
4,734
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
Deposits at amortised cost
(564,535)
 
(564,669)
 
(560,663)
 
(560,393)
 
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing
(35,469)
 
(35,469)
 
(39,415)
 
(39,415)
 
Debt securities in issue
(104,910)
 
(106,837)
 
(92,402)
 
(94,463)
 
Subordinated liabilities
(12,529)
 
(12,978)
 
(11,921)
 
(12,434)
 
 
10.
 Goodwill and intangible assets
 
The Group performed an impairment review to assess the recoverability of its goodwill and intangible asset balances as at 31 December 2024. The outcome of this review is disclosed on pages 493-494 of the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2024. No impairment was recognised as a result of the review as value in use exceeded carrying amount. A review of the Group's goodwill and intangible assets as at 30 June 2025 did not identify any factors indicating impairment.
 
11.
Subordinated liabilities
 
 
Half year ended 30.06.25
 
Year ended 31.12.24
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Opening balance as at 1 January
11,921
10,494
Issuances
1,045
1,870
Redemptions
(115)
(476)
Other
(322)
33
Closing balance
12,529
11,921
 
Issuance of £1,045m EUR 4.616% Fixed Rate Resetting Subordinated Callable Notes issued externally by Barclays PLC.
 
Redemption of £115m SGD 3.750% Fixed Rate Resetting Subordinated Callable Notes issued externally by Barclays PLC.
 
Other movements predominantly comprise foreign exchange movements and fair value hedge adjustments.
 
12.
Provisions
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Customer redress
 
295
299
Legal, competition and regulatory matters
 
97
59
Redundancy and restructuring
 
183
213
Undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees
 
425
439
Onerous leases
 
14
Sundry provisions
 
364
359
Total
 
1,364
1,383
 
Customer redress provisions comprise the estimated cost of making redress payments to customers, clients and counterparties for losses or damages associated with inappropriate judgement in the execution of the Group’s business activities.
 
Motor finance provision
 
Following legal and regulatory developments in the UK in 2024, including the Court of Appeal judgment in October 2024 against other lenders in three motor finance commissions cases (subject to appeal to the Supreme Court, which was heard in early April 2025 and for which the judgment has not been issued at the date of this announcement), and the ongoing FCA review into historical motor finance commission arrangements and sales, Clydesdale Financial Services recognised a provision of £90m in 2024 (H1 2025: Nil income statement impact). In determining the provision, Barclays considered the information then available and estimated the potential impact of remediating any complaints Barclays might receive relating to these matters by considering the potential basis for and timing of redress, which complaints might be valid or invalid, and the potential level of such complaints. All these assumptions, however, are subject to significant uncertainty and continue to be monitored and will be updated as appropriate. Barclays reassessed the provision as at 30 June 2025 and determined that no material adjustment was required. The legal and regulatory outcomes and the nature, extent and timing of any remediation action, if required, remain uncertain and as a result the ultimate financial impact could be materially different to the amount provided. The FCA has stated that it will confirm within six weeks of the Supreme Court judgment whether it proposes to consult on introducing a redress scheme including the basis of calculation of any redress, which complaints are valid or in scope of a potential scheme and whether customers will need to opt in or opt out. Under the FCA's rules, Barclays’ obligation to respond to motor finance commission complaints is paused until after 4 December 2025. Barclays ceased operating in the motor finance market in late 2019, although historical operations before this time may be in scope of any potential FCA consumer redress scheme.
 
13.
Retirement benefits
 
As at 30 June 2025, the Group’s IAS 19 net retirement benefit assets were £2.8bn (December 2024: £3.0bn). The UK Retirement Fund (UKRF), which is the Group’s main scheme, had an IAS 19 net surplus of £2.9bn (December 2024: £3.2bn). The movement for the UKRF was mainly driven by actual price inflation being higher than assumed.
 
The UKRF annual funding update as at 30 September 2024 showed a surplus of £1.75bn compared to £2.02bn at 30 September 2023.
 
Sectionalisation of the UKRF
As at 30 June 2025, Barclays Bank PLC was the principal employer of the UKRF, with Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Execution Services Limited as participating employers.
 
From 1 July 2025, the UKRF was amended to become a sectionalised scheme to meet the requirements of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Banking Reform) (Pensions) Regulations 2015, creating two separate sections - the Barclays Bank Section and the Barclays UK Section. From 1 July 2025, Barclays Bank PLC became the principal employer of the Barclays Bank Section, with Barclays Execution Services Limited as a participating employer. From that date, Barclays Bank UK PLC participates only in the Barclays UK Section and is solely responsible for funding that section. The sectionalisation and associated steps mean that the Barclays Bank UK Group is separated from any exposure to the Barclays Bank Section of the UKRF, and the Barclays Bank Group is separated from any exposure to the Barclays UK Section.
 
This does not change the balance sheet position of the UKRF at the point of sectionalisation from the Group's perspective, and employees’ benefits are unchanged.
 
14.
Other reserves
 
 
As at 30.06.25
As at 31.12.24
 
£m
£m
Currency translation reserve
 
2,054
3,625
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve
 
(1,465)
(1,873)
Cash flow hedging reserve
 
(1,210)
(2,930)
Own credit reserve
 
(541)
(1,059)
Other reserves and treasury shares
1,855
1,769
Total
 
693
(468)
 
Currency translation reserve
 
The currency translation reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on the retranslation of the Group’s net investment in foreign operations, net of the effects of hedging.
 
As at 30 June 2025, there was a cumulative gain of £2,054m (December 2024: £3,625m gain) in the currency translation reserve, a loss during the period of £1,571m (2024: loss of £46m) net of tax credit of £3m (2024: £13m). This principally reflects the appreciation of GBP against USD, INR & JPY offset by GBP depreciating against EURO during 2025.
 
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve
 
The fair value through other comprehensive income reserve represents the total of unrealised gains and losses on fair value through other comprehensive income investments since initial recognition.
 
As at 30 June 2025, there was a cumulative loss of £1,465m (December 2024: £1,873m loss) in the fair value through other comprehensive income reserve. The gain during the period of £408m (2024: £505m loss) is principally driven by a £499m gain (2024: £536m loss) due to decrease in yields and a net loss of £68m transferred to the income statement (2024: £164m gain) offset by a tax charge of £157m (2024: tax credit of £194m).
 
Cash flow hedging reserve
 
The cash flow hedging reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on effective cash flow hedging instruments that will be recycled to the income statement when the hedged transactions affect profit or loss.
 
As at 30 June 2025, there was a cumulative loss of £1,210m (December 2024: £2,930m loss) in the cash flow hedging reserve. The £1,720m gain in the period (2024: £777m gain) is principally driven by £1,662m gain (2024: £824m loss) from fair value movements on interest rate swaps as major interest rate forward curves decreased (2024: increased), £707m of accumulated losses transferred to the income statement (2024: £1,831m losses) and a tax charge of £667m (2024: tax charge of £281m).
 
Own credit reserve
 
The own credit reserve reflects the cumulative own credit gains and losses on financial liabilities at fair value. Amounts in the own credit reserve are not recycled to profit or loss in future periods.
 
As at 30 June 2025, there was a cumulative loss of £541m (December 2024: £1,059m loss) in the own credit reserve, the gain of £518m during the period (2024: loss of £819m) principally reflects a £709m gain (2024: loss of £1,131m) from the widening of credit spreads partially offset by tax charge of £194m (2024: tax credit of £309m).
 
Other reserves and treasury shares
 
Other reserves relate to redeemed ordinary and preference shares issued by the Group. Treasury shares relate to Barclays PLC shares held principally in relation to the Group’s various share schemes.
As at 30 June 2025, there was a cumulative gain of £1,855m (December 2024: £1,769m gain). This principally reflects an increase of £67m (December 2024: increase of £205m) due to the repurchase of 270m shares (December 2024: 818m) as part of the share buybacks conducted in the six months ended 30 June 2025 and £19m gain (December 2024: £1m loss) on account of increase in treasury shares balance held in relation to employee share schemes.
 
15.
Contingent liabilities and commitments
 
As at 30.06.25
As at 31.12.24
Contingent liabilities and financial guarantees
£m
 
£m
 
Guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security
 
16,685
 
16,713
 
Performance guarantees, acceptances and endorsements
 
8,762
 
8,633
 
Total
 
25,447
 
25,346
 
 
 
 
Commitments
 
 
 
Documentary credits and other short-term trade related transactions
 
1,252
 
1,433
 
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments1
 
408,805
 
421,716
 
Total
 
410,057
 
423,149
 
 
1
Includes exposures relating to financial assets classified as assets held for sale.
 
Further details on contingent liabilities, where it is not practicable to disclose an estimate of the potential financial effect on Barclays relating to legal and competition and regulatory matters can be found in Note 16.
 
16.
Legal, competition and regulatory matters
 
The Group faces legal, competition and regulatory challenges, many of which are beyond our control. The extent of the impact of these matters cannot always be predicted but may materially impact our operations, financial results, condition and prospects. Matters arising from a set of similar circumstances can give rise to either a contingent liability or a provision, or both, depending on the relevant facts and circumstances.
 
The recognition of provisions in relation to such matters involves critical accounting estimates and judgements in accordance with the relevant accounting policies applicable to Note 12, Provisions. We have not disclosed an estimate of the potential financial impact or effect on the Group of contingent liabilities where it is not currently practicable to do so. Various matters detailed in this note seek damages of an unspecified amount. While certain matters specify the damages claimed, such claimed amounts do not necessarily reflect the Group’s potential financial exposure in respect of those matters.
 
Matters are ordered under headings corresponding to the financial statements in which they are disclosed.
 
1.
Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC
 
Proceedings relating to certain advisory services agreements
 
In 2023, Barclays Bank PLC received requests for arbitration from two Jersey special purpose vehicles connected to PCP International Finance Limited asserting claims in relation to the October 2008 capital raising. This matter is now concluded, and there are no other outstanding matters relating to the advisory services agreements.
 
Civil actions related to LIBOR and other benchmarks
 
Various individuals and corporates in a range of jurisdictions have threatened or brought civil actions against the Group and other banks in relation to the alleged manipulation of LIBOR and/or other benchmarks.
 
US civil actions related to LIBOR
 
Multiple civil actions have been filed in the US against the Group and other banks alleging manipulation of USD LIBOR, Sterling LIBOR and the LIBOR benchmark that was administered by the Intercontinental Exchange Inc. and certain of its affiliates (ICE LIBOR).
 
With respect to USD LIBOR, one action alleging that Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Capital Inc. (BCI) and other financial institutions individually and collectively violated provisions of the US Sherman Antitrust Act (Antitrust Act), the US Commodity Exchange Act (CEA), the US Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO), the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and various state laws by manipulating USD LIBOR rates remains pending in the Southern District of New York (SDNY) seeking unspecified damages. Barclays Bank PLC has moved for summary judgment in this action, and briefing on that motion was completed in January 2025. The other action has settled. The settlement is not material to the Group’s operating results, cash flows or financial position.
 
With respect to Sterling LIBOR, consolidated class actions filed in the SDNY against Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and other Sterling LIBOR panel banks alleging, among other things, manipulation of the Sterling LIBOR rate in violation of the Antitrust Act, CEA and RICO, were dismissed in 2018. Oral argument on the plaintiffs’ appeal of that dismissal was heard by the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (Second Circuit) in April 2024.
 
With respect to ICE LIBOR, in August 2020, a group of individual plaintiffs in the US District Court for the Northern District of California on behalf of individual borrowers and consumers of loans and credit cards with variable interest rates linked to USD ICE LIBOR brought an action against Barclays Bank PLC and other financial institutions alleging Antitrust Act violations. The defendants’ motion to dismiss the case was granted in 2022. The US Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit affirmed the dismissal in December 2024. The plaintiffs’ petition for US Supreme Court review was denied in June 2025, concluding the matter.
 
Non-US benchmarks civil actions
 
The remaining UK claim, issued in 2017, against Barclays Bank PLC and other banks in connection with alleged manipulation of LIBOR has now settled. The settlement is not material to the Group’s operating results, cash flows or financial position. Proceedings have also been brought in Spain, Italy and Israel relating to alleged manipulation of LIBOR and EURIBOR. The proceedings in Israel have concluded.
 
Foreign exchange civil actions
 
Legal proceedings have been brought or are threatened against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and Barclays Execution Services Limited (BX) in connection with alleged manipulation of foreign exchange in the UK, the Netherlands, Israel, Brazil and Australia. In the Australia and Israel proceedings settlements in principle have been agreed subject to court approval.
 
The above-mentioned proceedings include a class action filed against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BX, BCI and other financial institutions in the UK Competition Appeal Tribunal (CAT) in 2019. The CAT refused to certify the claim in 2022 and in 2023, the Court of Appeal overturned the CAT’s decision and found that the claim should be certified on an opt-out basis. The UK Supreme Court heard arguments in April 2025, concerning the appeal brought by Barclays and the other financial institutions involved.
 
Metals-related civil actions
 
A US civil complaint alleging manipulation of the price of silver in violation of the CEA, the Antitrust Act and state antitrust and consumer protection laws was brought by a proposed class of plaintiffs against a number of banks, including Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and BX, and transferred to the SDNY. The complaint was dismissed against these Barclays entities and certain other defendants in 2018, and against the remaining defendants in 2023. The plaintiffs have appealed the dismissal of the complaint against all defendants.
 
Civil actions have also been filed in Canadian courts against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Capital Canada Inc. and BCI on behalf of proposed classes of plaintiffs alleging manipulation of gold and silver prices.
 
US residential mortgage-related civil action
 
There remains one US Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS) related civil action arising from unresolved repurchase requests submitted by Trustees for certain RMBS, alleging breaches of various loan-level representations and warranties made by Barclays Bank PLC and/or a subsidiary acquired in 2007. Barclays’ motion to dismiss the action was denied in 2023. The parties appealed the decision and in January 2025, the appellate court reversed the lower court’s decision and dismissed the action. The plaintiff has requested review by the New York State Court of Appeals.
 
Government and agency securities civil actions
 
Treasury auction securities civil actions
 
Consolidated putative class action complaints filed in US federal court against Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and other financial institutions under the Antitrust Act and state common law allege that the defendants: (i) conspired to manipulate the US Treasury securities market; and/or (ii) conspired to prevent the creation of certain platforms by boycotting or threatening to boycott such trading platforms. The court dismissed the consolidated action in 2021 and the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. The defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint was granted in 2022. The plaintiffs appealed this decision, and in February 2024 the appellate court affirmed the dismissal. The plaintiffs did not seek US Supreme Court review, thereby concluding the matter.
 
In addition, certain plaintiffs have filed a related, direct action against BCI and certain other financial institutions, alleging that defendants conspired to fix and manipulate the US Treasury securities market in violation of the Antitrust Act, the CEA and state common law. This action remains stayed.
 
Variable Rate Demand Obligations civil actions
 
Civil actions have been filed against Barclays Bank PLC and BCI and other financial institutions alleging the defendants conspired or colluded to artificially inflate interest rates set for Variable Rate Demand Obligations (VRDOs). VRDOs are municipal bonds with interest rates that reset on a periodic basis, most commonly weekly. An action in state court has been filed by private plaintiffs on behalf of the state of California and the matter is in discovery. Three putative class action complaints have been consolidated in the SDNY. In the consolidated SDNY class action, certain of the plaintiffs’ claims were dismissed in 2020 and 2022 and the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification was granted in 2023, which means the case may proceed as a class action. The defendants are appealing this decision.
 
Odd-lot corporate bonds antitrust class action
 
In 2020, BCI, together with other financial institutions, were named as defendants in a putative class action in the US. The complaint alleges a conspiracy to boycott developing electronic trading platforms for odd-lots and price fixing. The plaintiffs demand unspecified money damages. The defendants’ motion to dismiss was granted in 2021, which the plaintiffs appealed. In July 2024, the Second Circuit vacated the judgment and remanded the case to the SDNY, where the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint in September 2024. The defendants have filed a motion to dismiss.
 
Credit Default Swap civil action
 
A putative antitrust class action is pending in New Mexico federal court against Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and various other financial institutions. The plaintiffs, the New Mexico State Investment Council and certain New Mexico pension funds, allege that the defendants conspired to manipulate the benchmark price used to value Credit Default Swap (CDS) contracts at settlement (i.e. the CDS final auction price). The plaintiffs allege violations of US antitrust laws and the CEA, and unjust enrichment under state law. The defendants’ motion to dismiss was denied in 2023. In January 2024, the SDNY ruled that settlement in an earlier CDS antitrust litigation bars these plaintiffs from asserting claims based on conduct occurring before 30 June 2014. The plaintiffs appealed to the Second Circuit and the appeal was denied in May 2025. The case has returned to New Mexico federal court.
 
Interest rate swap and credit default swap US civil actions
 
Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and BCI, together with other financial institutions that act as market makers for interest rate swaps (IRS), are named as defendants in several antitrust actions, including one putative class action and individual actions brought by certain swap execution facilities, which are consolidated in the SDNY. The complaints allege the defendants conspired to prevent the development of exchanges for IRS and demand unspecified money damages. The parties have reached a settlement of the class action, which received final court approval and has been paid. The financial impact of the settlement is not material to the Group’s operating results, cash flows or financial position. The individual claims are proceeding separately in the SDNY.
 
BDC Finance L.L.C.
 
In 2008, BDC Finance L.L.C. (BDC) filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, demanding damages of $298m, alleging that Barclays Bank PLC had breached a contract in connection with a portfolio of total return swaps governed by an ISDA Master Agreement (the Master Agreement). Following a trial, the court ruled in 2018 that Barclays Bank PLC was not a defaulting party, which was affirmed on appeal. In 2021, the trial court entered judgment in favour of Barclays Bank PLC for $3.3m and as yet to be determined legal fees and costs. In 2022, the appellate court reversed the trial court’s summary judgment decision in favour of Barclays Bank PLC and remanded the case to the lower court for further proceedings. The parties filed cross-motions on the scope of trial. In January 2024, the court ruled in Barclays’ favour. In December 2024, the appellate court reversed the trial court’s judgment.
 
Civil actions in respect of the US Anti-Terrorism Act
 
Eight civil actions, on behalf of more than 4,000 plaintiffs, were filed in US federal courts in the US District Court in the Eastern District of New York (EDNY) and SDNY against Barclays Bank PLC and a number of other banks. The complaints generally allege that Barclays Bank PLC and those banks engaged in a conspiracy to facilitate US dollar-denominated transactions for the Iranian government and various Iranian banks, which in turn funded acts of terrorism that injured or killed the plaintiffs or the plaintiffs’ family members. The plaintiffs seek to recover damages for pain, suffering and mental anguish under the provisions of the US Anti-Terrorism Act, which allow for the trebling of any proven damages.
 
The court granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss three out of the six actions in the EDNY. The plaintiffs appealed in one action and the dismissal was affirmed, and judgment was entered, in 2023. The plaintiffs’ motion to vacate the judgment is fully briefed. The other two dismissed actions in the EDNY were consolidated into one action. The plaintiffs in that action, and in one other action in the EDNY, filed amended complaints. The two other actions in the EDNY are currently stayed. Out of the two actions in the SDNY, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the first action. That action is stayed, and the second SDNY action is stayed pending any appeal on the dismissal of the first.
 
Shareholder derivative action
 
In 2020, a purported Barclays shareholder filed a putative derivative action in New York state court against BCI and a number of current and former members of the Board of Directors of Barclays PLC and senior executives or employees of the Group. The shareholder plaintiff filed the claim on behalf of nominal defendant Barclays PLC, alleging that the individual defendants harmed the company through breaches of their duties, including under the Companies Act 2006. The plaintiff sought damages on behalf of Barclays PLC for the losses that Barclays PLC allegedly suffered as a result of these alleged breaches. An amended complaint was filed in 2021, which BCI and certain other defendants moved to dismiss. The motion to dismiss was granted in 2022. The plaintiff appealed the decision, and the dismissal was unanimously affirmed in 2023 by the First Judicial Department in New York. The plaintiff appealed the First Judicial Department’s decision to the New York Court of Appeals. The dismissal was affirmed by the New York Court of Appeals in May 2025, concluding the matter.
 
Skilled person review in relation to historical timeshare loans and associated matters
 
Clydesdale Financial Services Limited (CFS), which trades as Barclays Partner Finance and houses Barclays’ point-of-sale finance business, was required by the FCA to undertake a skilled person review in 2020 following concerns about historical affordability assessments for certain loans to customers in connection with timeshare purchases. The skilled person review was concluded in 2021. CFS complied fully with the skilled person review requirements, including carrying out certain remediation measures. CFS was not required to conduct a full back book review. Instead, CFS reviewed limited historical lending to ascertain whether its practices caused customer harm and has remediated any examples of harm. This work was substantially completed during 2023, utilising provisions booked to account for any remediations. This matter is now concluded.
 
Motor finance commission arrangements
 
In January 2024, the FCA appointed a skilled person to undertake a review of the historical use of discretionary commission arrangements and sales in the motor finance market across several firms. Barclays is cooperating fully with the FCA’s skilled person review, the outcome of which is unknown. This review follows two final decisions by the UK Financial Ombudsman Service (FOS), including one upholding a complaint against CFS in relation to commission arrangements and disclosure in the sale of motor finance products, and a number of complaints and court claims, including some against CFS.
 
In April 2024, CFS filed a judicial review challenge in the High Court against the FOS’s decision in relation to commission arrangements and disclosure in the sale of motor finance products. In December 2024, the High Court ruled against CFS. CFS has appealed the decision to the English Court of Appeal.
 
Separately, in October 2024, the English Court of Appeal issued judgment against the lenders in three motor finance commissions cases. CFS is not a party to this litigation. The Supreme Court heard an appeal of these cases in April 2025 and judgment is yet to be issued. In light of the English Court of Appeal decision and onward appeal to the UK Supreme Court, the FCA extended its pause on complaints to include all motor finance commissions, not just discretionary commission arrangements.
 
CFS ceased operating in the motor finance market in late 2019. In 2020, CFS was transferred from Barclays Bank PLC to Barclays Principal Investments Ltd (BPIL), another subsidiary of Barclays PLC. Barclays Bank PLC has provided an intragroup indemnity to BPIL in respect of historical litigation and conduct matters relating to CFS.
 
Over-issuance of securities in the US
 
In 2022, executive management became aware that Barclays Bank PLC had issued securities materially in excess of the set amount under its US shelf registration statements.
 
In 2022, a purported class action claim was filed in the US District Court in Manhattan seeking to hold Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and former and current executives responsible for declines in the price of Barclays PLC’s American depositary receipts, which the plaintiffs claim occurred as a result of alleged misstatements and omissions in its public disclosures. The defendants’ motion to dismiss the case was granted in part and denied in part in February 2024. The parties reached a settlement in respect of such lawsuit, which has received final court approval and has been paid, concluding the matter. The financial impact of this settlement is not material to the Group’s operating results, cash flows or financial position.
 
In addition, holders of VXX ETNs have brought a purported class action in federal court in New York against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, and former and current executives and board members in the US alleging, among other things, that Barclays’ failure to disclose that these ETNs were unregistered securities misled investors and that, as a result, Barclays is liable for the holders’ alleged losses following the suspension of further sales and issuances of the ETNs. The plaintiffs were granted leave to amend and filed a new complaint in March 2024. Barclays’ motion to dismiss was granted in March 2025. The plaintiffs’ motion for reconsideration was denied in June 2025. The plaintiffs are appealing the decision.
 
In March 2024, a putative class action was filed in federal court in New York against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and former and current executives. The plaintiff purports to bring claims on behalf of a class of short sellers, alleging that their short positions suffered substantial losses when Barclays suspended new issuances and sales of VXX ETNs as a result of the over-issuance of securities. Barclays’ motion to dismiss was granted in March 2025. The plaintiff is appealing the decision.
 
2.
Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank UK PLC
 
HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) assessments concerning UK Value Added Tax
 
In 2018, HMRC issued notices that have the effect of either removing certain Barclays overseas subsidiaries that have operations in the UK from Barclays’ UK VAT group or preventing them from joining it. Supplies between members of a UK VAT group are generally free from VAT. The notices had both retrospective and prospective effect. Barclays appealed HMRC's decisions to the First-Tier Tribunal (Tax Chamber) in relation to both the retrospective VAT assessments and the ongoing VAT payments made since 2018. £181m of VAT (inclusive of interest) was assessed retrospectively by HMRC covering the periods 2014 to 2018, of which approximately £128m is expected to be attributed to Barclays Bank UK PLC and £53m to Barclays Bank PLC. This retrospectively assessed VAT was paid in 2018 and an asset, adjusted to reflect expected eventual recovery, is recognised. Since 2018 Barclays has paid, and recognised as an expense, VAT on intra-group supplies from the relevant subsidiaries to the members of the VAT group. In respect of the ongoing VAT payments, the court upheld HMRC’s denial of the VAT grouping in August 2024. Barclays has appealed this decision to the Upper Tribunal.
 
FCA investigations concerning financial crime systems and controls and compliance with the Money Laundering Regulations
 
The FCA conducted civil enforcement investigations into Barclays Bank PLC’s and Barclays Bank UK PLC’s compliance with the Money Laundering Regulations and the FCA’s Principles of Business and Rules relating to anti-money laundering and financial crime systems and controls. The FCA’s investigation of Barclays Bank PLC focused primarily on the historical oversight and management of a customer with heightened risk. In July 2025, Barclays Bank PLC agreed a settlement with the FCA to resolve the investigation. At the same time, Barclays Bank UK PLC reached a settlement with the FCA in a separate investigation concerning the onboarding of a client money account for an FCA-regulated firm. The FCA recognised Barclays’ cooperation in both matters, which are now concluded.
 
UK bank levy
 
In November 2024, HMRC updated its published guidance on the treatment of beneficiary accounts for the purposes of the exclusion of protected deposits from the UK bank levy charge. HMRC’s interpretation of the UK bank levy legislation differs from Barclays’ interpretation of the legislation, which has been applied in Barclays’ UK bank levy returns and which Barclays continues to consider is correct. In December 2024, HMRC wrote to notify Barclays of its intention to challenge this treatment. Engagement with HMRC is at an early stage and assessments have not yet been issued.
 
3.
Barclays PLC
 
Civil action in respect of statements concerning Barclays' former CEO
 
In 2023, a purported class action was filed in federal court in California against Barclays PLC and a number of current and former senior executives of Barclays PLC. It was amended in 2024 to assert claims under US and UK securities laws against Barclays PLC and individual defendants. The complaint seeks to hold the defendants responsible for declines in the price of Barclays PLC’s American depositary receipts and Barclays’ shares, which the plaintiffs claim occurred as a result of alleged misstatements and omissions in Barclays’ public disclosures relating to its former CEO’s relationship with Jeffrey Epstein. Barclays PLC and an individual defendant’s motion to dismiss was granted in part and denied in part in June 2025, while another individual defendant’s motion to dismiss was denied.
 
General
 
The Group is engaged in various other legal, competition and regulatory matters in the UK, the US and a number of other overseas jurisdictions. It is subject to legal proceedings brought by and against the Group which arise in the ordinary course of business from time to time, including (but not limited to) disputes in relation to contracts, securities, guarantees, debt collection, consumer credit, fraud, trusts, client assets, competition, data management and protection, intellectual property, money laundering, financial crime, employment, environmental and other statutory and common law issues.
 
The Group is also subject to enquiries and examinations, requests for information, audits, investigations and legal and other proceedings by regulators, governmental and other public bodies in connection with (but not limited to) consumer protection measures, measures to combat money laundering and financial crime, compliance with legislation and regulation, wholesale trading activity and other areas of banking and business activities in which the Group is or has been engaged. The Group is cooperating with the relevant authorities and keeping all relevant agencies briefed as appropriate in relation to these matters and others described in this note on an ongoing basis.
 
At the present time, Barclays PLC does not expect the ultimate resolution of any of these other matters to have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position. However, in light of the uncertainties involved in such matters and the matters specifically described in this note, there can be no assurance that the outcome of a particular matter or matters (including formerly active matters or those matters arising after the date of this note) will not be material to Barclays PLC’s results, operations or cash flows for a particular period, depending on, among other things, the amount of the loss resulting from the matter(s) and the amount of profit otherwise reported for the reporting period.
 
17.
Related party transactions
 
Related party transactions in the half year ended 30 June 2025 were similar in nature to those disclosed in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2024. No related party transactions that have taken place in the half year ended 30 June 2025 have materially affected the financial position or the performance of the Group during this period, and there have been no changes to the related party transactions described in the Barclays Annual Report 2024 that have materially affected the financial position or the performance of the Group during this period.
 
18.
Assets and liabilities included in disposal group classified as held for sale
 
Barclays has decided not to bid to become the sole issuer for a co-branded card portfolio in USCB, leading to its transfer in H1 2026. This portfolio held within USCB is expected to be sold at a premium.
 
The perimeter of the disposal group has been accounted for in line with the requirements of IFRS5 as at 30 June 2025. A detailed analysis of the disposal group is presented below. The 2025 disposal group includes the US Cards portfolio within USCB. The 2024 disposal group includes the US Cards portfolio within USCB and the German Consumer Finance Business within Head Office that Barclays announced has been sold during the period.
 
As at 30.06.25
As at 31.12.24
Assets included in disposal groups classified as held for sale
 
£m
 
£m
 
Loans and advances to customers
 
5,464
 
9,544
 
Intangible assets
 
10
 
25
 
Property, plant and equipment
 
 
24
 
Other assets
 
111
 
261
 
Total assets classified as held for sale
 
5,585
 
9,854
 
 
 
 
Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale
 
 
 
Deposits from customers
 
 
3,647
 
Other liabilities
 
 
77
 
Provisions
 
 
2
 
Total liabilities classified as held for sale
 
 
3,726
 
 
 
 
Net assets classified as held for sale
 
5,585
 
6,128
 

Appendix: Non-IFRS Performance Measures
The Group’s management believes that the non-IFRS performance measures included in this document provide valuable information to the readers of the financial statements, as they enable the reader to identify a more consistent basis for comparing the businesses’ performance between financial periods, and provide more detail concerning the elements of performance which the managers of these businesses are most directly able to influence or are relevant for an assessment of the Group. They also reflect an important aspect of the way in which operating targets are defined and performance is monitored by management.
 
However, any non-IFRS performance measures in this document are not a substitute for IFRS measures and readers should consider the IFRS measures as well

Non-IFRS performance measures glossary
 
Measure
 
Definition
 
Loan: deposit ratio
 
Total loans and advances at amortised cost divided by total deposits at amortised cost.
 
Attributable profit
 
Profit after tax attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent.
 
Period end tangible equity refers to:
 
Period end tangible shareholders' equity (for Barclays Group)
 
Shareholders' equity attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent, adjusted for the deduction of goodwill and intangible assets.
 
Period end allocated tangible equity (for businesses)
 
Allocated tangible equity is calculated as 13.5% (2024: 13.5%) of RWAs for each business, adjusted for capital deductions, excluding goodwill and intangible assets, reflecting the assumptions the Barclays Group uses for capital planning purposes. Head Office allocated tangible equity represents the difference between the Barclays Group’s tangible shareholders’ equity and the amounts allocated to businesses.
 
Average tangible equity refers to:
 
Average tangible shareholders’ equity (for Barclays Group)
 
Calculated as the average of the previous month’s period end tangible shareholders' equity and the current month’s period end tangible shareholders' equity. The average tangible shareholders’ equity for the period is the average of the monthly averages within that period.
 
Average allocated tangible equity (for businesses)
 
Calculated as the average of the previous month’s period end allocated tangible equity and the current month’s period end allocated tangible equity. The average allocated tangible equity for the period is the average of the monthly averages within that period.
 
Return on tangible equity (RoTE) refers to:
 
Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (for Barclays Group)
 
Annualised Group attributable profit, as a proportion of average tangible shareholders’ equity. The components of the calculation have been included on pages 90 to 91.
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity (for businesses)
 
Annualised business attributable profit, as a proportion of that business's average allocated tangible equity. The components of the calculation have been included on pages 92 to 93.
 
 
 
Operating expenses excluding litigation and conduct
 
A measure of total operating expenses excluding litigation and conduct charges.
 
Operating costs
 
A measure of total operating expenses excluding litigation and conduct charges and UK regulatory levies.
 
Cost: income ratio
 
Total operating expenses divided by total income.
 
Loan loss rate
 
Quoted in basis points and represents total impairment charges divided by total gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified to assets held for sale) at the balance sheet date. The components of the calculation have been included on pages 94 to 96.
 
Net interest margin
 
Annualised net interest income divided by the sum of average customer assets. The components of the calculation have been included on page 25.
 
Tangible net asset value per share
 
Calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity, excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments, less goodwill and intangible assets, by the number of issued ordinary shares. The components of the calculation have been included on page 96.
 
Profit before impairment
 
Calculated by excluding credit impairment charges or releases from profit before tax.
 
Structural cost actions
 
Cost actions taken to improve future financial performance.
 
Group net interest income excluding Barclays Investment Bank and Head Office
 
A measure of Barclays Group net interest income, excluding the net interest income reported in Barclays Investment Bank and Head Office.
 
 
Returns
 
 
 
Half year ended 30.06.25
 
 
Barclays UK
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
Barclays Investment Bank
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
Head Office
 
Barclays Group
 
Return on average tangible equity
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Attributable profit/(loss)
1,090
284
184
2,075
128
(238)
3,523
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Average equity
15.7
3.4
1.2
29.2
4.1
8.2
61.8
Average goodwill and intangibles
(4.0)
(0.1)
(0.6)
(3.6)
(8.3)
Average tangible equity
11.7
 
3.4
 
1.1
 
29.2
 
3.5
 
4.6
 
53.5
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average tangible equity
18.6%
16.8%
33.2%
14.2%
7.3%
n/m
13.2%
 
 
Half year ended 30.06.24
 
 
Barclays UK
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
Barclays Investment Bank
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
Head Office
 
Barclays Group
 
Return on average tangible equity
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Attributable profit/(loss)
1,063
248
151
1,614
119
(408)
2,787
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Average equity
14.3
3.0
1.1
30.0
3.6
6.0
58.0
Average goodwill and intangibles
(3.9)
(0.1)
(0.3)
(3.6)
(7.9)
Average tangible equity
10.4
 
3.0
 
1.0
 
30.0
 
3.3
 
2.4
 
50.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average tangible equity
20.4%
16.6%
29.7%
10.8%
7.2%
n/m
11.1%
 
 
Barclays Group
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Attributable profit/(loss)
1,659
1,864
 
965
1,564
1,237
1,550
 
(111)
1,274
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Average shareholders' equity
62.1
61.4
 
59.7
59.1
57.7
58.3
 
57.1
55.1
Average goodwill and intangibles
(8.2)
(8.3)
 
(8.2)
(8.1)
(7.9)
(7.8)
 
(8.2)
(8.6)
Average tangible shareholders' equity
53.9
53.1
 
51.5
51.0
49.8
50.5
 
48.9
46.5
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity
12.3%
14.0%
 
7.5%
12.3%
9.9%
12.3%
 
(0.9)%
11.0%
 
Barclays UK
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Attributable profit
580
510
 
781
621
584
479
 
382
531
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
 
£bn
£bn
Average allocated equity
15.8
15.7
 
15.1
14.5
14.4
14.3
 
14.1
14.0
Average goodwill and intangibles
(4.0)
(4.0)
 
(3.9)
(3.9)
(3.9)
(3.9)
 
(3.9)
(3.9)
Average allocated tangible equity
11.8
11.7
 
11.2
10.6
10.5
10.4
 
10.2
10.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
19.7%
17.4%
 
28.0%
23.4%
22.3%
18.5%
 
14.9%
21.0%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Attributable profit
142
142
 
98
144
135
113
 
59
129
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
 
£bn
£bn
Average allocated equity
3.4
3.3
 
3.2
3.1
3.0
3.0
 
2.8
2.8
Average goodwill and intangibles
 
 
Average allocated tangible equity
3.4
3.3
 
3.2
3.1
3.0
3.0
 
2.8
2.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
16.6%
17.1%
 
12.3%
18.8%
18.0%
15.2%
 
8.4%
18.3%
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Attributable profit
88
96
 
63
74
77
74
 
47
102
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£bn
£bn
 
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
 
£bn
£bn
Average allocated equity
1.2
1.2
 
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.1
 
1.1
1.1
Average goodwill and intangibles
(0.1)
(0.1)
 
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.1)
 
(0.1)
(0.1)
Average allocated tangible equity
1.1
1.1
 
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
 
1.0
1.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
31.9%
34.5%
 
23.9%
29.0%
30.8%
28.7%
 
19.1%
41.2%
 
Barclays Investment Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Attributable profit/(loss)
876
1,199
 
247
652
715
899
 
(149)
580
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
 
£bn
£bn
Average allocated equity
28.7
29.6
 
29.3
29.5
29.9
30.0
 
28.9
28.8
Average goodwill and intangibles
 
 
Average allocated tangible equity
28.7
29.6
 
29.3
29.5
29.9
30.0
 
28.9
28.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
12.2%
16.2%
 
3.4%
8.8%
9.6%
12.0%
 
(2.1)%
8.0%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Attributable profit/(loss)
87
41
 
94
89
75
44
 
(3)
3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
 
£bn
£bn
Average allocated equity
4.0
4.2
 
4.0
3.8
3.6
3.6
 
3.6
3.8
Average goodwill and intangibles
(0.6)
(0.6)
 
(0.6)
(0.5)
(0.3)
(0.3)
 
(0.3)
(0.7)
Average allocated tangible equity
3.4
3.6
 
3.4
3.3
3.3
3.3
 
3.3
3.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average allocated tangible equity
10.2%
4.5%
 
11.2%
10.9%
9.2%
5.3%
 
(0.3)%
0.4%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan loss rates
 
 
 
Half year ended 30.06.25
 
 
Barclays UK
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
Barclays Investment Bank
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
Head Office
 
Barclays Group
 
Loan loss rate
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Credit impairment (charges)/ releases
(237)
(31)
11
(139)
(711)
(5)
(1,112)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified as held for sale)1
228.5
28.2
14.8
126.8
27.4
2.7
428.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan loss rate (bps)
21
22
(15)
22
523
n/m
52
 
 
Half year ended 30.06.24
 
 
Barclays UK
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
Barclays Investment Bank
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
Head Office
 
Barclays Group
 
Loan loss rate
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
Credit impairment (charges)/ releases
(66)
(23)
3
(34)
(719)
(58)
(897)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
£bn
 
Gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified as held for sale)1
217.3
26.0
14.1
115.5
32.1
4.0
409.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan loss rate (bps)
6
18
(4)
6
509
n/m
45
 
1
Includes gross loans and advances to customers and banks, in addition to debt securities.
 
Barclays Group
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan loss rate
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Credit impairment charges
(469)
(643)
 
(711)
(374)
(384)
(513)
 
(552)
(433)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified as held for sale)
428.4
430.4
 
429.6
408.3
409.0
407.6
 
409.3
411.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan loss rate (bps)
44
61
 
66
37
38
51
 
54
42
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays UK
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan loss rate
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Credit impairment charges
(79)
(158)
 
(283)
(16)
(8)
(58)
 
(37)
(59)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified as held for sale)
228.5
227.5
 
227.5
218.4
217.3
219.4
 
223.3
225.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan loss rate (bps)
14
28
 
49
3
1
11
 
7
10
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays UK Corporate Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan loss rate
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Credit impairment charges
(12)
(19)
 
(40)
(13)
(8)
(15)
 
(18)
(15)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified as held for sale)
28.2
27.0
 
25.8
25.2
26.0
26.1
 
26.6
27.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan loss rate (bps)
17
28
 
62
21
12
23
 
27
21
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays Private Bank and Wealth Management
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan loss rate
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Credit impairment (charges)/ releases
2
9
 
(2)
(7)
3
 
4
2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified as held for sale)
14.8
14.8
 
14.7
14.3
14.1
14.1
 
13.8
13.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan loss rate (bps)
(5)
(25)
 
5
19
(9)
 
(10)
(7)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays Investment Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan loss rate
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Credit impairment (charges)/ releases
(67)
(72)
 
(46)
(43)
(44)
10
 
(23)
23
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified as held for sale)
126.8
129.6
 
124.9
116.5
115.5
113.2
 
109.4
108.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan loss rate (bps)
21
23
 
15
15
15
(4)
 
8
(8)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays US Consumer Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan loss rate
 
Q225
 
Q125
 
 
Q424
 
Q324
 
Q224
 
Q124
 
 
Q423
 
Q323
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
£m
 
 
£m
 
£m
 
Credit impairment charges
(312)
(399)
 
(298)
(276)
(309)
(410)
 
(449)
(404)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
 
£bn
 
£bn
 
Gross loans and advances held at amortised cost (including portfolios reclassified as held for sale)
27.4
28.9
 
30.0
26.7
32.1
27.0
 
28.0
27.5
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan loss rate (bps)
456
562
 
395
411
438
610
 
636
582
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tangible net asset value per share
 
As at 30.06.25
 
As at 31.12.24
 
As at 30.06.24
 
 
£m
£m
£m
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests
75,906
71,821
71,173
Other equity instruments
(13,266)
(12,075)
(12,959)
Goodwill and intangibles
(8,186)
(8,275)
(7,839)
Tangible shareholders' equity attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent
54,454
51,471
50,375
 
 
 
 
 
m
m
m
Shares in issue
14,180
14,420
 
14,826
 
 
 
 
 
 
p
p
p
Tangible net asset value per share
384
357
340
 
Shareholder Information
 
Results timetable1
 
 
 
 
Date
 
 
Ex-dividend date
 
 
 
 
7 August 2025
 
Dividend record date
 
 
 
 
8 August 2025
 
DRIP last election date
22 August 2025
 
Dividend payment date
 
 
 
 
16 September 2025
 
Q3 2025 Results Announcement
 
 
 
 
22 October 2025
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For qualifying US and Canadian resident ADR holders, the 2025 half year dividend of 3.0p per ordinary share becomes 12.0p per ADS (representing four shares). The ex-dividend date for ADR holders is 8 August 2025. The dividend record and dividend payment dates for ADR holders are as shown above.
A Dividend Re-Investment Plan (DRIP) is provided by Equiniti Financial Services Limited. The DRIP enables the Company’s shareholders to elect to have their cash dividend payments used to purchase the Company’s shares.
More information can be found at shareview.co.uk/info/drip
DRIP participants will usually receive their additional ordinary shares (in lieu of a cash dividend) three to four days after the dividend payment date. Qualifying US and Canadian resident ADR holders should contact Shareowner Services for further details regarding the DRIP.
Barclays PLC ordinary shares ISIN code: GB0031348658
Barclays PLC ordinary shares TIDM Code: BARC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
% Change2
 
 
Exchange rates
 
30.06.25
 
31.12.24
 
30.06.24
 
 
31.12.24
 
30.06.24
 
 
Period end - USD/GBP
1.37
1.25
1.26
 
10%
9%
 
6 month average - USD/GBP
1.30
1.28
1.26
 
2%
3%
 
3 month average - USD/GBP
1.35
1.28
1.26
 
5%
7%
 
Period end - EUR/GBP
1.17
1.21
1.18
 
(3)%
(1)%
 
6 month average - EUR/GBP
1.19
1.18
1.19
 
1%
—%
 
3 month average - EUR/GBP
1.18
1.20
1.18
 
(2)%
—%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share price data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barclays PLC (p)
337.30
268.15
208.90
 
 
 
 
Barclays PLC number of shares (m)3
14,180
14,420
14,826
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For further information please contact
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investor relations
Media relations
 
Marina Shchukina +44 (0) 20 7116 2526
Tom Hoskin +44 (0) 20 7116 4755
 
 
 
 
More information on Barclays can be found on our website: home.barclays
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Registered office
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 Churchill Place, London, E14 5HP, United Kingdom. Tel: +44 (0) 20 7116 1000. Company number: 48839.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Registrar
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA, United Kingdom.
 
Tel: +44 (0)371 384 2055 (UK and International telephone number)4.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareowner Services
 
P.O. Box 64504
 
St. Paul, MN 55164-0504
 
United States of America
 
shareowneronline.com
 
Toll Free Number (US and Canada): +1 800-990-1135
 
 
Outside the US and Canada: +1 651-453-2128
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Delivery of ADR certificates and overnight mail
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareowner Services, 1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101, Mendota Heights, MN 55120-4100, USA.
 
 
1
Note that these dates are provisional and subject to change.
2
The change is the impact to GBP reported information.
3
The number of shares of 14,180m as at 30 June 2025 is different from the 14,176m quoted in the 1 July 2025 announcement entitled “Total Voting Rights” because the share buyback transactions executed on 27 and 30 June 2025 did not settle until 1 and 2 July 2025 respectively.
4
Lines open 8.30am to 5.30pm (UK time), Monday to Friday, excluding UK public holidays in England and Wales.

FAQ

How much is Barclays (BCS) returning to shareholders for H1-25?

The bank announced a £1 bn share buyback and a 3.0p interim dividend, totalling £1.4 bn in capital distributions, up 21% YoY.

What was Barclays’ H1-25 profit before tax?

Profit before tax reached £5.2 bn, a 23% increase versus H1-24.

Did Barclays’ capital ratio improve?

Yes, the CET1 ratio increased to 14.0% from 13.6% at December 2024, even before accounting for the new buyback.

Why did credit impairments rise?

Higher charges (£1.1 bn) reflect the Tesco Bank acquisition and overlays for US macro uncertainty, lifting the loan-loss rate to 52 bps.

What guidance has Barclays given for FY-25?

Management keeps targets of RoTE ~11%, cost-income ~61%, NII >£12.5 bn (ex-IB & HO) and CET1 13-14%.

How did each division perform in Q2-25?

All divisions posted double-digit RoTE; Investment Bank income +10%, UK Corporate Bank income +17%, and Barclays UK income +12% YoY.
Barclays

NYSE:BCS

BCS Rankings

BCS Latest News

BCS Latest SEC Filings

BCS Stock Data

70.05B
3.59B
0.01%
6.92%
0.34%
Banks - Diversified
Financial Services
Link
United Kingdom
London